Home

Ford 2009 F-250 Automobile User Manual

1. GCW Gross Combined Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the GCW of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the GVWR of the towing vehicle The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 10 1596 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 2596 fifth wheel trailer and driver only 150 Ib 68 kg Consult your authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch Examples For a 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg conventional trailer multiply 5 000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 Ib 227 to 340 kg For an 11 500 Ib 5 216 kg fifth wheel trailer multiply by
2. 323 fluid refill capacities 326 fluid specification 326 Auxiliary input jack Line in 56 Auxiliary power point 84 Axle lubricant specifications 326 refill capacities 326 B Battery uci uem 302 acid treating emergencies 302 jumping a disabled battery 270 maintenance free 302 replacement specifications 925 SOLVICING eec tete eere nen 302 Belt Minder 142 Booster seats ssss 176 Brakes ES 222 antl loCk ees 222 223 anti lock brake system ABS warning light sss 223 fluid checking and adding 322 fluid refill capacities 326 fluid specifications 326 lubricant specifications 326 ATKIN MEN 223 shift interlock 232 C Calculating load 209 Capacities for refilling fluids 326 Cargo CASE scuceceseeco on 100 Cargo management system 104 Cell phone use 9 Changing a tire 261 Child safety seats 166 attaching with tether SLEADS scis re eyes 173 in TONG SOL serrurerie 167 IM Teal Seab eset ec een 167 LATCH 2r reete eroe ed 170 recommendations 164 339 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Index Child safety seat
3. 3 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R Indicates a radial type tire 192 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 5 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter 6 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your Owner s Guide If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 7 H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Q9 99 mph 59kmwh O LR X 106mph Tlkn h O T H8mph l90kmh LH 80 mph 210 kmh O PW 108mph 270km Note For
4. Driver Controls To open the front panel e Open the driver side lock cover and unlock the front panel using your ignition key e Lift the panel to access items in the pickup box near the cab e To close lower the panel down on the pickup box Do not drive with front panel unlocked or folded on top of the rear panel To open the rear panel e Open the lock cover and unlock the rear panel using your ignition key e Lift the rear panel to access items in the pickup box e To close lower the rear panel on the pickup box To stow the rear panel e Before driving with the rear panel open unlock the rear panel e Lift the rear panel up lay it on top of the front panel and secure it with the two straps to the exterior tiedowns on the pickup box 102 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Failure to secure the rear panel could damage the tonneau cover or vehicle To remove the tonneau cover The tonneau cover weighs 70 lb gt 29 kg and needs to be supported ae during removal since the panels will automatically lock when set down on the pickup box This is a two person operation e Unlock and support the front and oum rear panels e Fold the rear panel on top of the front panel e Pull the release levers on the underside of the tonneau cover from the pickup box and remove the cover For installation of the to
5. Front passenger sensing system The front passenger sensing system is designed to meet the regulatory requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 208 and is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The front passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or disabled will not inflate The front passenger sensing system will disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag if e the front passenger seat is unoccupied or has small medium objects in the front seat the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e a front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time When the passenger airbag off light is illuminated the passenger side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries 151 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA f
6. e If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed on an uphill your speed control will disengage 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 93 Driver Controls Resuming a set speed Press the RES resume control and release it This will automatically return the vehicle to the previously set speed Increasing speed while using speed control There are two ways to set a higher speed e Press and hold the SET control until you get to the desired speed then release the control You can also use the SET control to operate the Tap Up function Press and release this control to increase the vehicle set speed in small amounts by 1 mph or 2 km h e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the desired speed When the vehicle reaches that speed press and release the SET control Reducing speed while using speed control There are two ways to reduce a set speed e Press and hold the SET control until you get to the desired speed then release the control You can also use the SET control to operate the Tap Down function Press and release this control to decrease the vehicle set speed in small amounts by 1 mph or 2 km h e Press the brake pedal until the desired vehicle speed is reached press the SET control 94 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Turning of
7. 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving During Trailer Sway Control events the n icon in the instrument cluster will flash momentarily The message center will also display TRAILER SWAY REDUCE SPEED In some cases when trailer sway is detected the vehicle speed is too high and may be at or above a speed at which trailer sway will grow continuously This may cause the system to activate multiple times and you may experience a slight deceleration of the vehicle Disabling Trailer Sway Control Trailer sway control can be disabled during any key cycle See Trailer Sway Control under Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information Note that even if it was disabled before turning off the vehicle Trailer Sway Control will be re enabled at each new key cycle WARNING Turning off Trailer Sway Control increases the risk of loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Ford does not recommend disabling this feature except in situations where speed reduction may be detrimental e g hill climbing the driver has significant trailer towing experience and can control trailer sway and maintain safe operation STEERING To help prevent damage to the power steering system e Never hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning points until it stops for more than a few seconds when the engine is running e Do not operate the vehicle with a low power st
8. Maintenance and Specifications 4 6L V8 engine Air filter assembly Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir 1 2 3 4 5 Power distribution box 6 Battery 7 Power steering fluid reservoir 8 Radiator cap 9 Engine coolant reservoir 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 295 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID lt 7 Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low In very cold weather do not fill the reservoir completely Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specification WSB M8B16 A2 Do not use any special washer fluid such as windshield water repellent type fluid or bug wash They may cause squeaking chatter noise streaking and smearing Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could res
9. This feature disables enables the AWD feature Press the RESET button to select the AUTO or LOCKED mode Note When the AWD system is in the locked mode the 4X4 indicator will be illuminated oo 10 O WN FP 31 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster UNITS Displays the current units in English or Metric Press the RESET button to change from English to Metric LANGUAGE ENGLISH SPANISH FRENCH JAPANESE ARABIC Note When entering the SETUP MENU and a non English language has been selected PRESS RESET FOR ENGLISH will be displayed to change back to English Allows you to choose which language the message center will display in Selectable languages are English Spanish French Japanese or Arabic Waiting four seconds or pressing the RESET button cycles the message center through each of the language choices Press the RESET button to set the language choice AUTOLAMP This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off Press the RESET button to select the new Autolamp delay values of 0 10 20 30 60 90 120 or 180 seconds AUTOLOCK This feature automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear putting the vehicle in motion Press the RESET button to turn autolock on or off AUTOUNLOCK This feature automatically unlocks all vehicle doors when the driver s door
10. 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 168 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 4 nsert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it b To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked repeat Steps 5 and 6 169 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight
11. 2 Accessory allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running This position also unlocks the steering wheel 3 On all electrical circuits operational Warning lights illuminated Key position when driving 4 Start cranks the engine Release the key as soon as the engine starts Preparing to start your vehicle Engine starting is controlled by the powertrain control system This system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise When starting a fuel injected engine don t press the accelerator before or during starting Only use the accelerator when you have difficulty starting the engine For more information on starting the vehicle refer to Starting the engine in this chapter WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine See Guarding against exhaust fumes in this chapter for more instructions 217 2010 07 Explor
12. 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan DHVIN 3 diz JLV1S ALIO ON LdV SSsdudav LNIHd 3SV31d 3AVN 66 8908t IN 20 Je ou e208 xog Od d 3 P1043 01 SIU ew pue mojaq uoneuuojur eui ejejduuoo aow ujee oL idS3 P404 YUM puipy JO 8368d BUINUAY Jag 398 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp USA fus A Accessory delay sss 88 AdVance Trac sensies 225 Air cleaner filter 324 325 Air conditioning 67 Airbag supplemental restraint SYSTE retesni 147 156 158 and child safety seats 149 description 147 156 158 disposal siete scence 161 driver airbag 149 157 159 indicator light 156 161 operation 149 157 159 passenger airbag 149 157 159 side airbag sssssssse 156 All Wheel Drive AWD driving off road eee 241 Ambulance packages 6 Antifreeze see Engine coolant 304 Anti lock brake system see Brakes 222 223 Anti theft system 118 Audio system see Radio 37 41 48 Automatic transmission driving an automatic OVETONIVE cxctacdicesszceetdeeyees 233 235 fluid adding uoo 323 fluid checking
13. 4 Lift tailgate to a 45 degree angle from horizontal 5 Lift right side off of its hinge 6 Lift tailgate to a 80 degree angle from horizontal 7 Remove tailgate from left side hinge by sliding tailgate to the right 99 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls To install follow the removal procedures in reverse order Exterior tiedown hooks Exterior tiedown hooks mounted on the side of the pickup box e can be used to secure loads within the pickup box e can be used to secure half the tonneau cover in an open position CARGO CAGE IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a cargo cage designed to extend the pickup box for larger loads To extend the cargo cage 1 Lower tailgate 2 Pull the lever on each side of the cargo cage to release it from the pickup box 3 Lift the cargo cage over onto the tailgate 4 Evenly push down on the cargo cage and push the lever in on each side locking it in place To stow the cargo cage follow steps one through four in reverse order The cargo cage may be used to secure a load of up to 100 Ib 45 kg on the tailgate The cargo cage should always be kept in the stowed position with the tailgate closed when not in use 100 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Activating Cargo Cage Theft Deterrent Device
14. Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the window switches radio and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened LA v Tune Disc selector In radio mode press to manually e go up A or down v the radio frequency Press and hold for a fast advance through radio frequencies In menu mode use to select various settings In CD MP3 mode press to select the desired disc In satellite radio mode if equipped press A v to tune to the next previous channel In CATEGORY MODE press V to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Refer to Category Mode under Menu for further information Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 2 Phone If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC press to Lr access SYNC PHONE features For further information please refer to the SYNC supplement If your vehicle is not equipped with SYNCS the display will read NO PHONE 3 MENU Press repeatedly to access the following settings SATELLITE RADIO MENU if equipped Press MENU when satellite radio mode is active to access Press OK to enter into the satellite radio menu Press A IV to cycle through the following options e CATEGORY Press OK to enter category mode Press A v
15. RSC STABILITY ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and or wheel tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac with RSC system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac with RSC system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac with RSC sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac with RSC system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac with RSC system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and de
16. approximately 30 seconds Confirmation is not given for the one time disable Deactivating activating the Belt Minder feature The driver and front passenger Belt Minder are deactivated activated independently When deactivating activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation activation programming procedure Note The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features must be disabled enabled separately Both cannot be disable enabled during the same key cycle 145 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features can be deactivated activated by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e The parking brake is set e The gearshift is in P Park e The ignition switch is in the off position e The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle 1 Turn the ignitio
17. e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines INSTRUMENT PANEL INTERIOR TRIM AND CLUSTER LENS Clean the instrument panel interior trim areas and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior
18. esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision which may result in serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING Gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle Always turn off the vehicle before refueling Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours e Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury e Fuels can also be har
19. from the system press Select the correct slot number using memory presets 1 6 When ready the system will eject the disc and the display will read REMOVE CD If the disc is not removed in 15 seconds the system will reload the disc If there is only one disc present in the system press To auto eject up to 6 CDs press and hold until the system begins ejecting a loaded disc Remove the disc and the next slot will be ejected If the ejected disc is not removed from the slot the system will reload the disc and cancel the auto eject function 19 CD slot When prompted by the EJ system insert a CD label side up Auxiliary input jack Line in WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so The Auxiliary Input Jack provides a way to connect your portable music player to the in vehicle audio system This allows the audio from a portable music player to be played through the vehicle speakers with high fidelity To achieve optimal performance please observe the following instructions when attaching your portable music device to the audio system If your vehicle is equipped with a navigati
20. fus Seating and Safety Restraints To adjust the comfort guide 1 Slip the shoulder belt into the belt guide 2 Slide the guide up or down along the webbing so that the belt is centered on the occupant s shoulder WARNING Position the safety belt comfort guide so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety belt extension assembly If the safety belt is too short when fully extended there is an 8 inch 20 cm safety belt extension assembly that can be added part number 611C22 This assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Safety belt warning light and indicator chime A The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts 141 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Conditions of operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning l
21. the brake pedal may move as the systems applies higher brake forces You may also hear a whoosh of air from under the instrument panel during this severe condition e The brake pedal may feel stiffer than usual Traction Control TCS Traction Control is a driver aid feature that helps your vehicle maintain traction of the wheels typically when driving on slippery and or hilly road surfaces by detecting and controlling wheel spin Excessive wheel spin is controlled in two ways which may work separately or in tandem Engine Traction Control and Brake Traction Control Engine Traction Control works to limit drive wheel spin by momentarily reducing engine power Brake Traction Control works to limit wheel spin by momentarily applying the brakes to the wheel that is slipping Traction Control is most active at low speeds During Traction Control events the sliding car icon a in the instrument cluster will flash If the Traction Control system is activated excessively in a short period of time the braking portion of the system may become temporarily disabled to allow the brakes to cool down In this situation Traction Control will use only engine power reduction or transfer to help control the wheels from over spinning When the brakes have cooled down the system will regain all features Anti lock braking RSC and ESC are not affected by this condition and will continue to function during the cool down period The Engine Traction
22. travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendors it uses to provide you with this information do not store your vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See your SYNC supplement for more information 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction CELL PHONE USE The use of Mobile Communications Equipment has become increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However drivers must not compromise their own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile Communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile Communication Equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices in vehicle communications systems telematics devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their
23. 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1 725 to 2 875 Ib 782 to 1 304 kg WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicles GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations 207 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ib 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ib and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ib 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lb In metric units 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight o
24. 1 Apply the parking brake turn ignition key to off then remove the key 2 Remove the rubber pad at the bottom of the cup holder to locate the access cap of the floor shifter assembly 3 Using a screwdriver or equivalent remove the access panel and depress the shifter lever on the shift mechanism 4 Apply the brake and shift into N Neutral 5 Return the cover plug to the console access hole Start the vehicle If it is necessary to use the above procedure to move the gearshift lever it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brakelamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brakelamps are working WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 232 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION Driving with a 5 speed automatic transmission if equipped This vehicle is equipped with an Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy This Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy offers the optimal transmission operatio
25. 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot i e driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spar
26. 12 VDC 180W If the power point or cigar lighter socket is not working a fuse may have blown Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter for information on checking and replacing fuses To have full capacity usage of your power point the engine is required to be running to avoid unintentional discharge of the battery To prevent the battery from being discharged e do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e do not leave battery chargers video game adapters computers and other devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Always keep the power point caps closed when not being used Truck bed auxiliary power point An additional auxiliary power point is located in the bed of the truck 12V 20AMP max Lift the cover to access the auxiliary power point CENTER CONSOLE 1 Cupholders 2 Tissue holder in lid 3 Rear power point 4 Large utility compartment has an exterior power point in front of the lid and inside the compartment has coin holder slots a power point AIJ Audio Input Jack USB port and a business credit card holder 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls The rear side of the console may incorporate the following features e Air vents e Cupholders WARNING Use only soft cups in the cupholder Hard objects can injure you in a colli
27. 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI AEN LT225 75R 165E 200 KPA 29 PSI share T145 80016 420 KPA 60 PSI SECOURS P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXX XX2000CXXXX JOO00000000OOOC or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload 204 includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR Note For trailer towing information refer to Trailer towing found in this chapter or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 2
28. 4X4 HIGH 4WD High is selected e 4X4 LOW momentarily 4x4 illuminates when the vehicle is started Illuminates when 4X4 LOW LOW 4WD Low is selected 240 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Using the Control Trac 4WD system 4X4 AUTO Provides electronically controlled four wheel x 7 mc with power delivered to all AUTO E LON our wheels as required for traction This mode is acceptable for all on road driving but recommended when wet pavement snow or loose gravel conditions are expected 4X4 HIGH 4WD High Provides locked four wheel drive power to all four wheels This mode is not intended for use on dry pavement This mode is appropriate for severe winter and off road conditions such as deep snow ice or shallow sand 4X4 LOW 4WD Low Provides locked four wheel drive power when extra power at reduced speeds is required This mode is not recommended for use on dry pavement Use this mode for off road low speed operation or when extra power is required such as climbing steep grades going through deep sand or pulling a boat out of the water Shifting between 4X4 AUTO 4WD Auto and 4X4 HIGH 4WD High e Select 4X4 AUTO 4WD Auto or 4X4 HIGH 4WD High at any forward speed Note Do not perform this operation if the rear wheels are slipping Shifting to from 4X4 LOW 4WD Low 1 Bring the vehicle to a complete stop 2 Pla
29. ABUL pimp popueuluio2oJ ouj ueuj 19470 PMY Aue Jo 9s aseurep UOTSSTUISUBIy osneo ABUL NT oNOQYAN Surimboz uorssmusuer oreurojne ue ur pmy osesn enp e Jo asf ueronng o3 pegipenb e Aq poxoouo 9q prnous o49 PIN pue pmyy uorssmusuez JO qunoure yL J9 009 xuej ur ue qr peddmbo jt pue 9zts Jo o0o uo poseq Area Leur suomeordde ourog Aroedeo qpg Axp eyeurxoadde Auo sojeorpur 19 P V 06606IN SSA 10 I0 T V 6Z60ZN SSM uoneogreds p1o p Jo sjueureqmboz oy Joour pue YEU uorjeognor IdV 94 eAeu ATUO pseu ro ouTsUG amp rojyeputeur jou ST ro 1030ur puopq oreuju s IO orjeuqus JO asf eponjaA MOA ut peddmbo qjeur8tio ed 1 que ooo y PPV 12 48 uoneogti odg juo eAmbo 10 Apedeo pio 1oqumN Ld p30 q oureN Weg PIOA Maintenance and Specifications 330 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp USA fus Maintenance and Specifications ENGINE DATA 4 0L V6 engine 4 6L 3V V8 es 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 3 7 2 6 5 4 8 EDIS Coil on Plug Spark plug gap 0 052 0 056 inch 0 039 0 043 inch 1 32 1 42 mm 1 0 1 1mm Compression ratio 971 9 8 1 Engine drivebelt routing e 4 0L V6 Engine e 4 6L V8 Engine 331 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE Safety Compliance Certification Label The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regul
30. Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints SEATING WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Adjustable head restraints Your vehicle is equipped with front row outboard head restraints that are vertically adjustable WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion The adjustable head restraints consist of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure 1 e two steel stems 2 e a guide sleeve adjust release gt button 3 e and a guide sleeve unlock remove Jo button 4 122 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety
31. OFF after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How temperature affects your tire pressure The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase approximately 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary over night with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the TPMS as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the TPMS warning for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is ON visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure 201 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading SNOW TIRES AND CABLES WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford The use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering
32. Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies FUSES AND RELAYS Fuses If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Note Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire Standard fuse amperage rating and color COLOR Eus bi Mini fuses Standard Maxi fuses pride rating fuses maxi fuses a Grey Grey 3A Videt Violet 254 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Passenger compartment fuse panel The fuse panel is located below the instrument panel on the driver s side FIM Fm 1 emi H H1 s pw Jie jee Jp Jos p ce m Cons EA jd jd cle NN The fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits 1 20A Moon roof Adjustable pedals 3 20A Radio Navigation amplifier GPS EEE 10 f Microcontroller power 1 4 A On board diagnostic OBD IT connector 255 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Re
33. Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction Do not add friction modifier compounds or special break in oils since these additives may prevent piston ring seating See Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information on oil usage SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide that is provided to you along with your Owner s Guide Special instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the section Airbag Supplemental Restraint System SRS in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag Notice to owners of pickup trucks and utility type vehicles WARNING Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Before you drive your vehicle please read this Owner s Guide carefully Your vehicle is not a passenger car As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury or death Us
34. The message center display is located in the instrument cluster E RPR Es R B XXX ni SERVICE Nu qe NU JFF N SDN J 9 8 Pil JU gan SETUP e PRESS RESET B E z TO BEGIN oa MER susten teck V7 67 V io Your display can show up to six reconfigurable telltales at one time Whatever is displayed in the top left corner has the highest priority Info Press the INFO button repeatedly to cycle through the following features TRIP A B Registers the distance of individual journeys Press and release INFO button until the A or B trip appears in the display this represents the trip mode Press and hold the RESET button to reset Refer to UNITS later in this section to switch the display from Metric to English MILES km TO E This displays an estimate of approximately how far you can drive with the fuel remaining in your tank under normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition off when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel 29 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster The DTE function will display LOW FUEL LEVEL when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty Press RESET to clear this warning message It will return at approximately 25 miles 40 km 10 miles 16 km and 0 miles 0 km miles to empty DTE is calculated using a running average fu
35. The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law and could damage your vehicle Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds including manganese based additives Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Octane recommendations Your vehicle is designed to use Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage 314 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Fuel quality If you are experiencing starting rough idle or hesitation driveability problems try a different brand of unleaded gasoline If the problems persist see your authorized dealer Do not add aftermarket fuel additive products to your fuel tank It should not be necessary to add any aftermarket products to your fuel tank if you continue to use high quality fuel of the recommended octane rating These products have not b
36. When the window is closed from full open it will not stop in the vent position When the power down back window is in motion the control switch can be pressed to change the window direction and move it to the closest position If the power down back window is moving up and the ignition is switched to off without accessory delay power enabled the window will reverse direction and move down to either the full open or vent position If the window is within 0 16 in 4 mm of the upper header it will completely close Bounce back When the back window is moving toward the fully closed position and an obstacle interferes with the window s movement the back window will reverse direction and move toward the fully open position This is known as bounce back Security override If during a bounce back condition and within two seconds after the window stops the control is held in the closed direction the back window will travel closed with no bounce back protection If the control is released before the window reaches fully closed the back window will continue moving with bounce back re enabled The following are possible reasons for using the security override e ce on the window causing a restriction e Window unexpectedly reverses Position recovery mode If the motor loses position and stops mid travel the motor will respond to switch inputs by moving 0 6 in 15 mm each switch command in the up direction only Down will be
37. a one touch down operation If the window is stalled in the down position and there are no other system faults the motor shall relearn its position and resume full functionality If there is a feedback signal loss the window will remain in its 0 6 in 15 mm travel mode with each switch command and will not recover full functionality This will allow you to inch the window up to the fully closed position If the window does not operate correctly see your dealer for service 89 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls INTERIOR MIRROR The interior rear view mirror has two pivot points on the support arm which lets you adjust the mirror up or down and from side to side WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion Automatic dimming interior rear view mirror if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an interior rear view mirror which has an auto dimming function The electronic day night mirror will change from the normal high reflective state to the non glare darkened state when bright lights glare reach the mirror When the mirror detects bright light from behind the vehicle it will automatically adjust darken to minimize glare The mirror will automatically return to the normal state whenever the vehicle is placed in R Reverse to ensure a bright clear view when backing up Do not block the sensors on the front and back of th
38. an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 280 mm 11 inches center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments and have attached the top tether strap to the proper top tether anchor do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching the vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to the vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation 172 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases Attaching child safety seats with tether straps Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the bac
39. and death If your vehicle gets stuck If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander 244 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Emergency maneuvers e In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be
40. and pull headlamp forward 3 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove it from the lamp assembly 4 Pull the bulb straight out of the Socket Reverse steps to reinstall bulb s 78 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights Replacing tail brake turn backup lamp bulbs 1 Turn the headlamp switch off and open the tailgate 2 Remove the two bolts from the lamp assembly 3 Remove the lamp assembly 4 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove it from the lamp assembly 5 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket Reverse steps to reinstall bulb s Replacing fog lamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is off 2 Remove the bulb socket from the fog lamp by turning it counterclockwise 3 Disconnect the electrical connector Reverse steps to reinstall bulb s 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights Replacing license plate lamp bulbs The license plate bulbs are located behind the rear bumper To change ME the license plate lamp bulbs N 1 Reach behind the rear bumper to A locate the bulb P Masc 2 Twist the bulb socket E ij counterclockwise and carefully pull to remove it from the lamp BEL d assembly TO eee n 3 Pull out the old bulb from the socket and push in the new bulb 4 Install the bulb socket in lamp assembly by turnin
41. better about taking a risk on your used vehicle Ford ESP may add resale value Plus exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including e Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts e Out of fuel and lock out assistance e Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation 336 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford ESP Service Contract With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Avoid the rising cost of properly maintaining your vehicle Ford ESP also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers items that routinely wear out like brakes and shocks The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Wiper blades e Brake pads and linings S Spark plugs Cexcept e Shock absorbers California e Clutch disc e Belts and hoses Contact your selling Ford Lincoln or Mercury dealership today so they can customize a Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget 337
42. can be used outdoors in cold temperatures and is clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or fire hazard e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord minimum e Use as short an extension cord as possible e Do not use multiple extension cords Instead use one extension cord which is long enough to reach from the engine block heater cord to the outlet without stretching e Make certain that the extension cord is in excellent condition not patched or spliced Store your extension cord indoors at temperatures above 32 F 0 C Outdoor conditions can deteriorate extension cords over a period of time e To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters Also ensure that the block heater especially the cord is in good condition before use e Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug engine block heater cord plug connection is free and clear of water in order to prevent possible shock or fire 221 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving e Be sure that areas where the vehicle is parked are clean and clear of all combustibles such as petroleum products dust rags paper and similar items e Be sure that the engine block heater heater cord and extension cord are solidly connected A poor c
43. case On 4WD vehicles the transfer case allows you to select 4WD when necessary Information on transfer case operation and shifting procedures can be found in this chapter Information on transfer case maintenance can be found in the Maintenance amd Specifications chapter You should become thoroughly familiar with this information before you operate your vehicle 245 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Parking On some 4WD vehicles when the transfer case is in the N Neutral position the engine and transmission are disconnected from the rest of the driveline Therefore the vehicle is free to roll even if the automatic transmission is in P Park or the manual transmission is in gear Do not leave the vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the N Neutral position Always set the parking brake fully and turn off the ignition when leaving the vehicle WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer AWD Systems if equipped AWD uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional
44. cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or oil petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing of the clear protective coating Note In some instances color or dye transfer can occur when wet clothing comes in contact with leather upholstery If this occurs the leather should be cleaned immediately to avoid permanent staining UNDERBODY Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt FORD AND LINCOLN MERCURY CAR CARE PRODUCTS Your Ford or Lincoln Mercury authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes These quality products have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and appearance of your vehicle Each product is made from high quality materials that meet or exceed rigid specifications For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Custom Clear Coat Polish ZC 8 A Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 290 2010 07 Explorer Spor
45. comparisons with EPA fuel economy estimates 319 detergent in fuel 315 filling your vehicle with f el tee 310 313 316 filter specifications 310 325 fuel pump shut off switch 253 improving fuel economy 316 octane rating 314 331 PE EE 315 running out of fuel 315 safety information relating to automotive fuels 310 Index BUS CS tepida 254 255 G Garage door opener 84 Gas cap see Fuel cap 313 Gas mileage see Fuel economy 316 GAUGES toot eS 18 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating calculating coe 209 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating calculating possesion 209 H Hazard flashers 252 Headlamps sses 71 AUT P 73 bulb specifications 76 daytime running lights 72 flash to pass ssssss 73 high beam 5er 72 turning on and off 71 Heating heating and air conditioning SVSUCIN iocos ches T 65 67 Hood xc sime reni 293 How to get going 37 I Ignition ertet 217 331 Illuminated visor mirror 82 Infant seats see Safety seats 166 341 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Index Inspection maintenance I M childproot eee 112 COST
46. driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature When the Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled 142 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The Belt Minder feature uses two different warning chimes During the first minute of activation the warning chime will sound once every second The remaining warning chimes will sound twice every second while the system is activated The driver s and front passenger s safety belts are buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 3 mph 5 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front passenger s safety belt becomes unbuckled for approximately 1 minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 9 mph 5 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The Belt Minder feature will not activate The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminat
47. e g by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the additional weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to the vehicle Sometimes a slight lean towards the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 cm of movement for proper installation 11 Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST to make certain the child restraint is properly installed Attaching child safety seats with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren attachments The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two 2 lower anchors located where the vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one 1 top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or
48. excellent economy Your vehicle must be moving to calculate instantaneous fuel economy When your vehicle is not moving this function shows one or no bars illuminated Instantaneous fuel economy cannot be reset FUEL USED XX X GAL 1 amp This displays the fuel used since last reset The information displayed will be in gallons or liters depending on English Metric mode state 30 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster DRIVE TIME Timer displays the trip elapsed drive time To operate do the following 1 Press and release RESET in order to start the timer 2 Press and release RESET to pause the timer 3 Press and hold RESET until the timer resets Blank display Select this function from the info menu to turn the upper two lines of the message center display off System check and vehicle feature customization Press the SETUP button repeatedly to cycle the message center through the following features PRESS RESET TO BEGIN SYSTEM CHECK When this message appears press the RESET button and the message center will begin to cycle through the following systems and provide a status of the item if needed Note Some systems show a message only if a condition is present OIL LIFE CHARGING SYSTEM WASHER FLUID DOOR AJAR EXTERIOR LAMP BRAKE FLUID LEVEL PARK BRAKE FUEL LEVEL AND DISTANCE TO EMPTY AWD AUTO LOCKED if equipped
49. finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 available from your authorized dealer 285 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC 20 on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo CXC 66 A e Cover the highlighted areas to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is running water in the running engine may cause internal damage e Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations 4 0L V6 ENGINE 286 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning 4 6L V8 ENGINE PLASTIC NON PAINTED EXTERIOR PARTS Use only approved products to cle
50. focus off the road The drivers primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so EXPORT UNIQUE NON UNITED STATES CANADA VEHICLE SPECIFIC INFORMATION For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner s Guide A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This Owner s Guide is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Guide for all other required information and warnings 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Vehicle Symbol Glossary Safety Alert Fasten Safety Belt Airbag Side Child Seat Tether Anchor Anti Lock Brake System Brake Fluid Non Petroleum Based Stability Control System Master Lighting Switch Fog Lamps Front Fuel Pump Reset Windshield Defrost Demist 10 AN A Ae ilb O on See Owner s Guide Airbag Front Child Seat Lowe
51. gives to you Class III Trailer Hitch Safety Chain Loops can be used as recovery hooks Do not attach safety chains to the bumper Trailer brakes Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if installed properly and adjusted to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and Federal regulations WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase The braking system of the tow vehicle is rated for operation at the GVWR not GCWR Trailer lamps Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Contact your authorized dealer or trailer rental agency for proper instructions and equipment for hooking up trailer lamps 213 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING Never connect any trailer lighting to the vehicle s taillamp circuits because it may damage the electrical system resulting in fire Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Driving while you tow When towing a trailer To ensure proper break in of powertrain component
52. glass and mirrors Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products POWER ADJUSTABLE FOOT PEDALS IF EQUIPPED The accelerator and brake pedal should only be adjusted when the vehicle is stopped and the gearshift lever is in the P Park position Press and hold the rocker control to adjust accelerator and brake pedal toward you or away from you WARNING Never adjust the accelerator and brake pedal with feet on the pedals while the vehicle is moving SPEED CONTROL With speed control set you can maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal WARNING Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved 92 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Setting speed control The controls for using your speed control are located on the steering wheel for your convenience 1 Press the ON control and release it 2 Accelerate to the desired speed 3 Press the SET control and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 5 The indicator light 6 on the instrument cluster will turn on Note Driver Controls e Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a steep hill e If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill you may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed
53. hazard control button e or pressing the panic button on the remote entry transmitter The feature will continue to operate until the vehicle runs out of power Disposal of airbags and airbag equipped vehicles including pretensioners Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel 161 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children Also see Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS in this chapter for special instructions about using airbags Important child restraint precautions WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be purchased separately from the vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The Recommendations for Safety Restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your chi
54. inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the washer fluid reservoir is less than one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter OIL LIFE CHANGE SOON Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10 or less OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Displayed when the oil life left reaches 096 TRAILER SWAY REDUCE SPEED Displayed when your trailer starts to sway when towing Refer to Trailer Sway Control in the Driving chapter for more information FOR 4X4 LOW STOP VEHICLE if equipped Displayed when 4X4 LOW is selected while the vehicle is moving For more information refer to Using the Control Trac 4WD system in the Driving chapter FOR 4X4 LOW SHIFT TO N if equipped Displayed when 4X4 LOW is selected and the vehicle is stopped For more information refer to Using the Control Trac 4WD system in the Driving chapter TO EXIT 4X4 LOW STOP VEHICLE if equipped Displayed when 2WD is selected while the vehicle is operating in 4X4 LOW For more information refer to Using the Control Trac 4WD system in the Driving chapter TO EXIT 4X4 LOW SHIFT TO N if equipped Displayed when 2WD is selected while the vehicle has been stopped in 4X4 LOW For more information refer to Using the Control Trac 4WD system in the Driving chapter 36 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac e
55. into the ignition 5 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep the ignition in the 3 on position for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 120 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 6 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within twenty seconds of turning the ignition to the 1 off position and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key new key valet key into the ignition 8 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep the ignition in the 3 on position for at least three seconds but not more than 10 seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the vehicle s engine and the theft indicator light will illuminate for three seconds and then go out If the key was not successfully programmed it will not start your vehicle s engine and the theft indicator light will flash on and off and you may repeat Steps 1 through 5 If failure repeats bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new key s programmed To program additional new unprogrammed key s wait twenty seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 121 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners
56. liters used by 100 then divide by total kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This will provide an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures give lower fuel economy Driving style good driving and fuel economy habits Give consideration to the lists that follow and you may be able to change a number of variables and improve your fuel economy Habits e Smooth moderate operation can yield up to 1096 savings in fuel e Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fuel economy e Idling for long periods of time greater than one minute may waste fuel e Anticipate stopping slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Sudden or hard accelerations may reduce fuel economy e Slow down gradually e Driving at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 1596 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Revving the engine before turning it off may reduce fuel economy e Using the air conditioner or defroster may reduce fuel economy 317 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e You may want to turn off the speed control in hilly terrain if unnecessary shifting between the top gears occ
57. materials and meets or exceeds Ford s rigorous engineering and safety specifications Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly dealer installed Genuine Ford Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories The accessories will be warranted for whichever provides you the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km whichever occurs first or e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact your dealer for details and a copy of the warranty The following is a list of several Genuine Ford Accessories Not all accessories are available for all models For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact your dealer or visit our online store at www fordaccessories com Exterior style Bed extender Bed mat Bug shields Deflectors Step bars Interior style Ambient lighting for footwells and cupholders Electrochromic compass temperature interior mirrors Floor mats Lifestyle Ash cup smoker s package Neutral tow kit Trailer hitch drawbars and towing accessories 384 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Accessories Peace of mind Remote start Vehicle security systems Locking gas plug for capless fuel system Wheel locks For maximum vehicle performance keep the following infor
58. modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Modifications to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and non Ford tow hooks may effect the performance of the airbag sensors increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle with anything other than authorized Ford accessories for your vehicle WARNING Additional equipment may affect the performance of the airbag sensors increasing the risk of injury 148 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and airbags Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow E M these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a collision WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back How does the airbag supplemental restraint system work The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains m longitudinal deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation The fact
59. not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle e Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel e Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position 312 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Fuel filler cap When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise until it spins off 3 Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe 4 Reinstall the cap on the filler pipe and turn it clockwise until at least one click is heard If the check fuel cap light amp or a check fuel cap message comes on the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed The light or message can come on after several driving events after you ve refueled your vehicle At the next opportunity safely pull off of the road remove the fuel filler ca
60. on the steering column just behind the steering wheel The hazard flashers will operate when the ignition is in any position or if the key is not in the ignition Press in the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash Press the flasher control again to turn them off Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Note With extended use the flasher may run down your battery 252 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies FUEL PUMP SHUT OFF SWITCH t The fuel pump shut off switch is a device intended to stop the electric fuel pump when your vehicle has been involved in a substantial jolt After a collision if the engine cranks but does not start the fuel pump shut off switch may have been activated The fuel pump shut off switch is located in the passenger s foot well by the kick panel ES o IJ Ext j ul Use the following procedure to reset the fuel pump shut off switch 1 Turn the ignition to the off position 2 Check the fuel system for leaks 3 If no fuel leak is apparent reset the fuel pump shut off switch by pressing in on the reset button 4 Turn the ignition to the on position Pause for a few seconds and return the key to the off position 5 Make a further check for leaks in the fuel system 253 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp
61. open the storage compartment 83 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Installing a garage door opener if equipped The storage compartment can be converted to accommodate a variety of aftermarket garage door openers e Place the VELCRO hook onto the side of the aftermarket transmitter opposite of the button e Place the transmitter into storage compartment button down e Place the provided height adaptors onto the back of the door as needed e Close the door e Press the depression in the door to activate the transmitter AUXILIARY POWER POINTS 12VDC Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only Do not insert any other object in the power outlet as this will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Auxiliary power points can be found in the following locations e On the front of the center console e Inside the utility compartment e On the rear of the console accessible from the rear seats Do not use the power point for operating the cigarette lighter element if equipped 84 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls To prevent the fuse from being blown do not use the power point s over the vehicle capacity of
62. restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat When installing a child safety seat with combination lap shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle 167 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to help prevent accidental unbuckling e Place vehicle seat back in upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode Refer to step 5 below This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat
63. restraints 132 185 140 Belt Minder 142 extension assembly 141 TOF adults Sessa toueis 136 138 for children 162 Occupant Classification SOTISOE i EO SS OR RENE 133 warning light and CHIME eicere texte 141 142 Safety restraints LATCH anchiOES inuenies 170 Safety seats for children 166 Safety Compliance Certification Label 332 Satellite Radio Information 61 Deals idet Tetas 122 child safety seats 166 front seats ssssssees 125 heated 128 129 SecuriCode keyless entry SY SUC artose a NUR aS 117 SecuriLock passive anti theft SWIFT MER D c toes 118 Setting the clock AM FM single CD 43 AM FM In dash 6 CD 50 Snowplowing seeeeeeeee 6 SOS Post Crash Alert 161 Spark plugs specifications 325 331 Special notice ambulance conversions 6 utility type vehicles 6 Specification chart Iubrieants ete ettet orent 326 343 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Index Speed Control ne 92 trailer towing 210 Starting your WEeCkBE acepte etn 275 vehicle entities 217 218 220 Transfer case Jump SUAFUng isset 270 fluid CHECKING eee 323 Steering wheel Transmission sss 233 CONOIS iie
64. seat to help attach a child seat with rigid attachments The guides hold the seat trim away to expose the anchor and make it easier to attach some child seats 171 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained Use of inboard lower anchors from the outboard seating positions center seating use The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 592 mm 23 inches apart The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 280 mm 11 inches center to center A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if
65. seats and put on safety belts it s very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor The front passenger sensing system may detect small or medium objects placed on the seat cushion For most objects that are in the front passenger seat the passenger airbag will be disabled Even though the passenger airbag is disabled the pass airbag off lamp may or may not be illuminated according to the table below 153 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 1 Pass Airbag Off Small i e three ring Unlit Disabled binder small purse bottled water Medium i e heavy Lit Disabled briefcase fully packed luggage Empty seat or small Lit Disabled to
66. sensors To access this information special equipment must be directly connected to the recording modules Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada To the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recording applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the feature See your SYNC supplement for more information Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location
67. side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive FWD vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire rotation Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information that comes with your vehicle will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life e Rear Wheel Drive RWD vehicles Four Wheel Drive 4WD All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles front tires at top of diagram NN ANNNAN NN ANNNNAN NUNC NCNANENONN NN ANNNANAN Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation 191 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire wheel A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel tha
68. than unloaded vehicles Extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle Your vehicle can haul more cargo and people than most passenger cars Depending upon the type and placement of the load hauling cargo and people may raise the center of gravity of the vehicle Calculating the load your vehicle can carry tow 1 Use the appropriate maximum GCWR chart in the Trailer towing section in this chapter for your type of engine and rear axle ratio 2 Weigh your vehicle without cargo To obtain correct weights take your vehicle to a shipping company or an inspection station for trucks 3 Subtract your loaded weight from the maximum GCWR in the chart This is the maximum trailer weight your vehicle can tow It must be below the maximum trailer weight shown in the chart 209 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TRAILER TOWING Trailer towing with your vehicle may require the use of a trailer tow option package Trailer towing puts additional loads on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension For your safety and to maximize vehicle performance be sure to use the proper equipment while towing Follow these guidelines to ensure safe towing procedure e Do not tow a trailer until your vehicle has been driven at least 1 000 miles 1 600 km e Stay wit
69. that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Front airbags are designed to activate in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollover side impact or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration 149 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds e g baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions swelling or temporary hearing loss Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extrem
70. the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat REVERSE SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The Reverse Sensing System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the R Reverse is selected and the vehicle is moving at speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h The system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the reverse sensing system as contained in this section Reverse sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Inclement weather may also affect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation WARNING To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the RSS WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground 238 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving AN WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches Ah S bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the norm
71. the autolock feature using the vehicle s message center if equipped refer to Message center information in the Instrument cluster chapter Autounlock The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when e the ignition is in the on position all the doors are closed and the vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h e the vehicle has then come to a stop and the ignition is turned to the Off or accessory position and the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being transitioned to the off or accessory position Note The doors will not autounlock if the vehicle has been electronically locked before the driver door is opened Deactivating activating autounlock Your vehicle comes with the autounlock feature activated There are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer or e Performing the power door lock control procedure or e Performing the keyless entry keypad if equipped procedure or e Performing the message center if equipped procedure Before following the activation or deactivation procedures make sure that the anti theft system is not armed ignition is in the off position and all vehicle doors are closed 109 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Power door unlock lock procedure You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be
72. the power windows To lock out all the window controls except for the driver s press the right side of the control Press the left side to restore the window controls Accessory delay With accessory delay the audio system power windows and moon roof if equipped operate for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned from the on to the off position or until either front door is opened Power down back window To operate the power down back window the ignition switch must be in the on or accessory position or with accessory delay power enabled e Fully open e Vent The power down back window only has three window position selections e Fully closed Press and release the control to open window to the vent position Press and release the control again to open window to the full open position Pull and hold the amp control to close the window WARNING When operating the power sliding back window you must ensure all rear seat occupants and or cargo are not in the proximity of the back window TILT SLIDE sue 88 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls WARNING Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power sliding back window They may seriously injure themselves Normal operation When the power down back window is opened it will stop in the vent position
73. the retainer through the wheel center Pull on the cable to align the components at the end of the cable 3 Turn the jack handle clockwise until the tire is raised to its stowed position underneath the vehicle The effort to turn the jack handle increases significantly and the spare tire carrier ratchets or slips when the tire is raised to the maximum tightness Tighten to the best of your ability to the point where the ratchet slip occurs if possible The spare tire carrier will not allow you to overtighten If the spare tire carrier ratchets or slips with little effort take the vehicle to your authorized dealer for assistance at your earliest convenience 4 Check that the tire lies flat against the frame and is properly tightened Try to push or pull then turn the tire to be sure it will not move Loosen and retighten if necessary Failure to properly stow the spare tire may result in failure of the winch cable and loss of the tire 5 If your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire lock and key be sure to install the spare tire lock into the bumper drive tube with the spare tire lock key and jack handle 6 Repeat this tightness check procedure when servicing the spare tire pressure every six months per scheduled maintenance information or at any time that the spare tire is disturbed through service of other components Stowing the jack and tools 1 Unblock the wheels 268 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own
74. to within the COLD FILL RANGE or the FULL COLD level on the reservoir If you removed the radiator cap in an overflow system fill the radiator until the coolant is visible and radiator is almost full 6 Replace the cap Turn until tightly installed Cap must be tightly installed to prevent coolant loss After any coolant has been added check the coolant concentration refer to Checking engine coolant If the concentration is not 50 50 protection to 34 F 36 C drain some coolant and adjust the concentration It may take several drains and additions to obtain a 50 50 coolant concentration Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough 50 50 concentration of engine coolant and distilled water to bring the liquid level to the proper level If you have to add more than 1 0 quart 1 0 liter of engine coolant per month have your authorized dealer check the engine cooling system Your cooling system may have a leak Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage Recycled engine coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available 307 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Used engine coolant s
75. trim and cluster lens WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system 288 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning If a staining liquid like coffee juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth INTERIOR For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 e If grease or tar is present on
76. turn trailer sway on or off 2 Press the SELECT RESET stem for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu HOLD RESET IF NEW OIL To reset the oil monitoring system to 10096 after each oil change approximately 7 500 miles 12 000 km or six months perform the following 1 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem for more than two seconds Oil life is set to 10096 and OIL LIFE SET TO 10096 is displayed Note To change oil life 10096 miles value from 7 500 miles 12 000 km or six months to another value proceed to Step 3 2 Once OIL LIFE SET TO 10096 is displayed release press and hold the SELECT RESET stem for more than two seconds to change the oil life start value Each release press and hold will reduce the value by 1096 3 After setting the oil life start value press the SELECT RESET stem for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu Note Oil Life Start Value of 10096 equals 7 500 miles 12 000 km or six months For example setting oil life start value to 6096 sets the oil life start value to 3 000 miles 4 800 km and 120 days COMPASS if equipped The compass heading is displayed as one of N NE E SE S SW W and NW in the message center display The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicl
77. two wheel drive vehicle cannot Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels Note The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS indicator light may illuminate depending on how much air is released from your tires and or how long you drive the vehicle under these conditions Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution 246 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Mud and water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the hubs if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even AWD and 4WD veh
78. utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel e n the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements WARNING Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death e f the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs 4WD Systems 4WD uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot Power is supplied to all four wheels through a transfer
79. vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise no recreational towing is permitted In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle see Wrecker towing in the Roadside Emergencies chapter 4WD vehicles with electronic shift transfer case Neutral tow kit accessory An accessory is available that allows you to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle with all the wheels on the ground Contact your authorized dealer for more details Do not tow your vehicle with all wheels on the ground unless you install the neutral tow kit as vehicle damage may occur In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle see Wrecker towing in the Roadside Emergencies chapter AWD vehicles Do not tow your vehicle with any wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise no recreational towing is permitted In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle see Wrecker towing in the Roadside Emergencies chapter 216 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving STARTING Positions of the ignition 1 Off shuts off the engine and all accessories locks the steering wheel gearshift lever and allows key removal
80. vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding both to you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a region
81. weights shown The combined weight of the completed towing vehicle and the loaded trailer must not exceed the GCWR When towing maximum loads under high outside temperatures and or on steep grades the A C system may cycle on and off to protect the engine from overheating This may result in a temporary increase of interior temperatures 4 0L SOHC Class 3 73 10000 4536 0 5080 0 2293 III IV towing Preparing to tow Use the proper equipment for towing a trailer and make sure it is properly attached to your vehicle Contact your authorized dealer or a reliable trailer dealer as soon as possible if you require assistance Hitches Do not use hitches that clamp onto the vehicle bumper Use a load carrying hitch You must distribute the load in your trailer so that 10 15 of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue not to exceed the maximum tongue loads as stated e Class II receiver 350 Ib 159 kg e Class III IV receiver 500 Ib 227 kg weight carrying 740 Ib 336 kg weight distributing 212 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Safety chains Always connect the trailer s safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of the vehicle hitch To connect the trailer s safety chains cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow slack for turning corners If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions that the rental agency
82. when the spare is in use To restore the full functionality of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the TPMS sensor refer to Changing tires with TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible WARNING The use of tire sealants may damage your Tire Pressure Monitoring System and should not be used WARNING Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Dissimilar spare tire wheel information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire wheel that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type m
83. window will perform a normal close or one touch up To operate one touch up e Pull the switch completely up to the second detent and release quickly The window will close fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation If the switch is pressed and held to the normal open or one touch down position during a one touch up event the window will stop If after 1 2 second the switch is still held the window will perform a normal open or one touch down Bounce back driver s window only When an obstacle has been detected in the window opening as the window is moving upward the window will automatically reverse direction and move down This is known as bounce back If the ignition is turned off without accessory delay being active during bounce back the window will move down until the bounce back position is reached Security override To override a bounce back condition within two seconds after the window reaches the bounce back position pull and hold the switch up and the window will travel up with no bounce back or pinch protection If the switch is released before the window is fully closed the window will stop For example this can be used to overcome the resistance of ice on the window or seals 8 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Window lock The window lock feature allows only the driver to operate
84. write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from hitp www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 283 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning WASHING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which is available from your authorized dealer e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight e Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e t is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the winter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle e mmediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and
85. you don t have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Replacing coded keys can be very costly Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences Please visit an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming spare keys You can program your own coded keys to your vehicle Tips e A maximum of eight keys can be coded to your vehicle e Only use SecuriLock keys e You must have two previously programmed coded keys keys that already operate your vehicle s engine and the new unprogrammed key s readily accessible e If two previously programmed coded keys are not available you must take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the spare key s programmed Please read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Turn the ignition from the 1 off position to the 3 on position Keep 3 the ignition in the 3 on position for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 2 4 3 Turn the ignition to the 1 off Q position and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within ten seconds of turning the ignition to the 1 off position insert the second previously coded key
86. you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by the vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death 164 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a collision WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child
87. 010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints In case there is a problem with the o front passenger sensing system the 9 airbag readiness lamp in the P N instrument cluster will stay lit If the airbag readiness lamp is lit do the following The driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects that may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If objects are lodged and or cargo is interfering with the seat please take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat e Remove the obstruction s if found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system DO NOT attempt to repair or service the system contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistance chapter of this Owner s Guide WARNING Any alteration modification to the f
88. 05 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Example only MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG FRONT GAWR XXXXL REAR GAWR XXXXLB XXXXKG WITH XXXXKG WITH XXXX IXXXXXXX TIRES XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXXX XX RIMS XXXX XX RIMS AT XXX kPa XX PSLCOLD AT XXX KPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX nnd TYPE XXX EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO WBTBRK INTTR TPPS R TAXLE TR SPR TXXXXX XXX XX X X XXX XXX JOQ000000000 XX XXXX XXXXXXX XX pu MFD E BY F FORD D MOTOR CC Q TRE aon NUN POC NY 7 AUR erm PNBE AR A INANC TRESAUS Ail A 3000C XXXXX ooo RIMS TANTES XXxXXX AT A kPa PSI LPC xxx xx COLD A FROID p VIN 3000000000000000 AU a TYPE XXX xxxx COMPLIES2000 500x 900 Annam lil gi TTP PS TR TAXE mi SPR X XX X XXXX XXX 7 DOOUDOUODUX XXX 0000 000000CXX WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury 206 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading
89. 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Listening to satellite radio if equipped 1 If the audio system is turned off VOL PUSH press VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press AUX repeatedly to cycle mw through auxiliary audio sources Select SAT1 SAT2 or SATS to listen to satellite radio 3 Press lt Q SEEK SEEK P to access the previous or next satellite Gseex 7 see channel You may also seek by music category For further information refer to CATEGORY listing under the MENU control on your specific audio system 4 Once you are tuned to the desired channel press and hold a memory preset 1 6 to save the channel PRESET SAVED will appear on the display and the sound will return signifying the station has been saved You can save up to six channels in each six in SATI six in SAT2 and six in SATS To access your saved channels press the corresponding memory preset The memory preset and the channel name will appear on the display Listening to a CD MP3 if equipped 1 If the audio system is turned off VOL PUSH press VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press CD to enter CD mode If a disc is already loaded into the system CD play will begin where it ende
90. 2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Stow the wheel ornament if removed in a safe location in the vehicle such as the glove box or jack stowage compartment so it will not become damaged Re install the wheel ornament onto the wheel once the tire is repaired or replaced 3 Stow the jack and tools in their respective locations making sure they are fully secured so they do not rattle when you drive WHEEL LUG NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 km after any wheel disturbance rotation flat tire wheel removal etc Lug nut socket Wheel lug nut torque size Bolt size Lug nut socket size 3 4 100 135 inch 19 mm hex Bolt size V x 20 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Note Inspect the whe
91. 270 Wrecker towing 275 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Table of Contents Customer Assistance 277 Reporting safety defects U S only 283 Reporting safety defects Canada only 283 Cleaning 284 Maintenance and Specifications 292 Engine compartment 294 Engine oil 297 Battery 302 Engine coolant 304 Fuel information 310 Air filter s 324 Part numbers 325 Maintenance product specifications and capacities 326 Engine data 331 Accessories 334 Ford Extended Service Plan 336 Index 339 All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Ford Motor Company Ford may change the contents without notice and without incurring obligation Copyright 2009 Ford Motor Company 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction CONGRATULATIONS Congratulations on acquiring your new Ford Please take the time to get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook The more you know and understand about your vehicle the greater the safety and pleasure you will derive from driving it For more information on Ford Motor Company and its products visit the following website e In the United States www ford com e In Canada www ford ca e In A
92. 5 F 129 C e Protection against rust and other forms of corrosion e Enables calibrated gauges to work properly When the engine is cold check the level of the engine coolant in the reservoir 304 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 4 0L V6 engine e 4 6L V8 engine e The engine coolant should be at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE as listed on the engine coolant reservoir depending upon application e Refer to scheduled maintenance information for service interval schedules e Be sure to read and understand Precautions when servicing your vehicle in this chapter If the engine coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval the engine coolant reservoir may become low or empty If the reservoir is low or empty add engine coolant to the reservoir Refer to Adding engine coolant in this chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location 305 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Adding engine coolant When adding coolant make sure it is a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water Add the mixture to the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool until the appropriate fill level is ob
93. 5E4 Telephone 1 800 387 9333 Online www lincolncanada com Additional assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states 278 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling proced
94. 7 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications ESSENTIALS OF GOOD FUEL ECONOMY Measuring techniques Your best source of information about actual fuel economy is you the driver You must gather information as accurately and consistently as possible Fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are NOT accurate as a measure of fuel economy We do not recommend taking fuel economy measurements during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of driving engine break in period You will get a more accurate measurement after 2 000 miles 3 000 miles 8 000 km 5 000 km Filling the tank The advertised fuel capacity of the fuel tank on your vehicle is equal to the rated refill capacity of the fuel tank as listed in the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section of this chapter The advertised capacity is the amount of the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tan
95. AK amber Side park turn lamp 194 lamp 2 Rear backup lamp High mount brakelamp Rear license plate Interior overhead lamp Gf equipped 76 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Number of bulbs Front door courtesy lamp Map lamps 168 T10 Visor vanity lamp 2 A6224PF Slide on rail system SOR Replacing interior bulbs Check the operation of the bulbs frequently To replace any of the interior bulbs see a dealer or qualified technician Replacing exterior bulbs Check the operation of all the bulbs frequently Replacing headlamp bulbs Do not touch the glass of a halogen bulb 1 Turn off the headlamps and open the hood 2 Remove three screws from the headlamp assembly and pull headlamp forward hl 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Remove the old bulb by turning counterclockwise and pull it out WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Reverse steps to reinstall bulb s Replacing front parking lamp turn signal sidemarker bulbs 1 Turn off the headlamps and open the hood 2 Remove three screws from the headlamp assembly
96. ARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift lever in P Park turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute o Of Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process The vehicle may need to be driven to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy e If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned When the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy As a result of this the transmission may shift firmly This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation to its optimum shift
97. AdvanceTrac with RSC system includes an AdvanceTrac n with RSC Off button on the center of the instrument panel and a sliding car icon 5 in the instrument cluster The sliding car icon jj in the instrument cluster will illuminate temporarily during start up as part of a normal system self check or during driving if a driving situation causes the AdvanceTrac with RSC system to operate If the sliding car icon n illuminates steadily verify that the AdvanceTrac with RSC system is not manually disabled by pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC Off button located on the center stack of the instrument panel If the sliding car icon n remains steadily illuminated or if the message center if equipped displays SERVICE RSC NOW have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately When AdvanceTrac with RSC performs a normal system self check some drivers may notice a slight movement of the brake and or a rumble grunting or grinding noise after startup and when driving off When an event occurs that activates AdvanceTrac with RSC you may experience the following e A slight deceleration of the vehicle e The sliding car 5 indicator light will flash e A vibration in the pedal when your foot is on the brake pedal 226 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving e If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake
98. B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure 183 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TIRES Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service but they must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them Glossary of tire terminology e Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry e Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size an
99. Control and Brake Traction Control system may be deactivated in certain situations See the Switching Off AdvanceTrac with RSC section following Electronic Stability Control ESC Electronic Stability Control ESC may enhance your vehicle s directional stability during adverse maneuvers for example when cornering severely or avoiding objects in the roadway ESC operates by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and if necessary reducing engine power if the system detects that the vehicle is about to skid or slide laterally During Electronic Stability Control events the sliding car icon n in the instrument cluster will flash 227 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Certain adverse driving maneuvers may activate the Electronic Stability Control system which include but are not limited to e Taking a turn too fast e Maneuvering quickly to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle e Driving over a patch of ice or other slippery surfaces e Changing lanes on a snow rutted road e Entering a snow free road from a snow covered side street or vice versa e Entering a paved road from a gravel road or vice versa e Cornering while towing a heavily loaded trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter The Electronic Stability Control system may be deactivated in certain situations See the Switching Off AdvanceTrac with R
100. Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking WARNING If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud sand etc do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Highway hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Tire and wheel alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your 190 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading vehicle seems to pull to one
101. ED SERVICE PLANS More than 30 million Ford Lincoln and Mercury owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford ESP It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Up to 500 Covered Vehicle Components There are four new vehicle Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask you dealer for details PremiumCare Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered ExtraCare Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items BaseCare Covers 84 components PowertrainCare Covers 29 critical components Ford ESP is honored by all Ford Lincoln and Mercury Dealers in the U S and Canada It s the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service anywhere you go e Factory trained technicians e Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Parts Rental car reimbursement If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or manufacturer s recalls Transferable coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford ESP coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you re ready to sell your car prospective buyers may feel
102. ET Press MENU until the display reads AUTOSET Autoset allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 Use V A SEEK SEEK to turn on off When the six strongest stations are filled the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are less than six strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets Press OK to close and return to the main menu RBDS Available only in FM mode This feature allows you to search RBDS equipped stations for a certain category of Sa format CLASSIC COUNTRY INFORM JAZZ RB ROCK To activate press MENU repeatedly until RBDS ON OFF appears in the display Use V lt SEEK P to toggle RBDS ON OFF When RBDS is OFF you will not be able to search for RBDS equipped stations or view the station name or type Press OK to close and return to the main menu To search for specific RBDS music categories When the desired category appears in the display press A v to find the desired type then press and release lt SEEK SEEK P or press and hold SCAN to begin the search To view the station name or type When the desired category appears in the display press TEXT SCAN to toggle between displaying the station type COUNTRY ROCK etc or the station name WYCD WXYT etc BASS Press MENU to reach the bass setting Use A v to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main me
103. ET stem for approximately two seconds to enter the compass zone adjustment mode 6 Press and release the SELECT RESET stem until the desired zone number appears 7 Release the SELECT RESET stem and allow the setup timer to expire to exit the procedure Compass calibration adjustment Perform compass calibration in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 1 Start the vehicle 2 Press and release the SELECT RESET stem to scroll through the information displays until the message center displays HOLD RESET FOR SETUP MENU 25 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 3 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem until the message center displays HOLD RESET FOR SYSTEM CHECK Do not hold the stem down at this point as you do not want to enter the system check Instead quickly release the stem and repeatedly press it again to scroll through the setup menu until the message center displays COMPASS ZONE XX 4 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem for approximately two seconds until the message center to enter the compass zone adjustment mode 5 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem until the message center displays CIRCLE SLOWLY TO CALIBRATE This step may require up to five circles to complete the calibration NO
104. ING sss OOPS nee eost es 107 Instrument panel Lubricant specifications 326 Cleaning 3 rete etes oi 288 CMS COR Sisane iet tt 12 bug nts IER 269 J Luggage rack sss 105 Lumbar support seats 126 128 JIER oe 261 264 positioning 261 265 M SUOTABE uberes 261 263 264 Jump starting your vehicle 270 Message center 20 28 29 english metric button 25 34 K system check button 25 34 Keyless entry system warning messages 26 34 autolock sssss 107 109 IMIEEOES diese esie ratae 90 keypad Jesus ete rey RR 117 automatic dimming rearview locking and unlocking doors 118 WIMMER OR sporirii iesene 90 programming entry code 117 fold away ssssseeess 91 KEYS a 120 heat d einnar 91 positions of the ignition 217 side view mirrors power 90 L Moon TOO eite 97 Motorcraft parts 290 310 325 Lamps bulb replacement N specifications chart 75 76 mE daytime running light 79 Navigation system s 64 fog lamps esee 72 headlamps sss 71 Oo interior lamps 75 replacing bulbs 80 Octane rating oo 314 LATCH anchors eese 170 Oil see Engine Oil 297 Lights warning and indicator 12 P anti lock brakes ABS 223 Load limits 202 Park
105. IPPED Your vehicle is equipped with a roof rack for transporting items on the exterior of the vehicle The maximum recommended load is 100 Ib 45 kg evenly distributed If it is not possible to distribute the load position it as far rearward as possible Use the tie down loops on the thumbwheels Gf equipped to secure the load 105 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls To adjust cross bar position if equipped 1 Loosen the thumbwheel at both ends of the cross bar If the thumbwheel is too tight to release by hand a small screwdriver or similar device can be used to release the torque by inserting the shaft into the tie down loop and twisting the thumbwheel counterclockwise Both cross bars are adjustable 2 Slide the cross bar to the desired location 3 Tighten the thumbwheel at both ends of the cross bar Be sure to check that the thumbwheels are tight each time load is added or removed from the roof rack and periodically while traveling Always ensure that the load is secure before traveling Note If the crossbars are repositioned close to each other the vehicle may exhibit objectionable noise at highway speeds This noise can be minimized by positioning the front crossbar just behind the front door and the rear crossbar in the furthest rearward position WARNING Loaded vehicles with a higher center of gravity may handle d
106. Introduction Instrument Cluster Warning lights and chimes Gauges Message center Entertainment Systems How to get going AM FM stereo with CD AM FM stereo with in dash six CD Auxiliary input jack Line in USB port Satellite radio information Navigation system SYNC Climate Controls Manual heating and air conditioning Automatic temperature control Lights Headlamps Turn signal control Bulb replacement Driver Controls Windshield wiper washer control Steering wheel adjustment Power windows Mirrors Speed control 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Table of Contents 4 12 12 18 20 37 37 41 48 56 58 61 64 64 65 65 67 71 71 75 75 81 81 82 86 90 92 Table of Contents Locks and Security 107 Keys 107 Locks 107 Anti theft system 118 Seating and Safety Restraints 122 Seating 122 Safety restraints 132 Airbags 147 Child restraints 162 Tires Wheels and Loading 180 Tire information 182 Tire inflation 185 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 197 Vehicle loading 202 Trailer towing 210 Recreational towing 216 Driving 217 Starting 217 Brakes 222 AdvanceTrac 225 Transmission operation 233 Reverse sensing system 238 Roadside Emergencies 251 Getting roadside assistance 251 Hazard flasher control 252 Fuel pump shut off switch 253 Fuses and relays 254 Changing tires 261 Wheel lug nut torque 269 Jump starting
107. RING FLUID Check the power steering fluid Refer to scheduled maintenance information 1 Start the engine and let it run until it reaches normal operating temperature the engine coolant temperature gauge indicator will be near the center of the normal area between H and C 2 While the engine idles turn the steering wheel left and right several times 3 Turn the engine off 4 Check the fluid level in the reservoir 5 The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX lines Do not add fluid if the level is in this range f 6 If the fluid is low add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the correct operating range Be sure to put the cap back on the reservoir Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter for the proper fluid type BRAKE FLUID The fluid level will drop slowly as e the brakes wear and will rise when TTT the brake components are replaced er Fluid levels between the MIN and M MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately 322 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications TRANSMISSION FLUID Checking automatic transmission fluid The automatic tra
108. Restraints To adjust the head restraint do the following 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving riding position 2 Raise the head restraint by pulling up on the head restraint 4 3 Lower the head restraint by pressing and holding the guide sleeve adjust release button and pushing down on the head restraint N Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied 123 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To remove the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position A l 2 Simultaneously press and hold both the adjust release button and the unlock remove button then pull A up on the head restraint To reinstall the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars 2 Push the head restraint down l until it locks 7 OK Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and
109. S reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS While in Satellite Radio mode you can view this number on the radio display by pressing AUX and Preset 1 control simultaneously 62 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required ACQUIRING Radio requires more No action required This than two seconds to message should disappear produce audio for shortly the selected channel SAT FAULT Internal module or If this message does not system failure clear within a short period present of time or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service INVALID CHNL Channel no longer This previously available available channel is no longer available Tune to another channel If the channel was one of your presets you may choose another channel for that preset button UNSUBSCRIBED Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subsc
110. SC section following Roll Stability Control RSC Roll Stability Control RSC9 may help to maintain roll stability of the vehicle during adverse maneuvers RSC operates by detecting the vehicle s roll motion and the rate at which it changes and by applying the brakes to one or more wheels individually During an event that activates the Roll Stability Control RSC the sliding car icon n in the instrument cluster will flash Certain adverse driving maneuvers may activate the Roll Stability Control system which include e Emergency lane change e Taking a turn too fast e Quick maneuvering to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle The Roll Stability Control system may be deactivated in certain situations See the Switching Off AdvanceTrac with RSC section following Switching Off AdvanceTrac with RSC9 If the vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand and seems to lose engine power switching off certain features of the AdvanceTrac with RSC system may be beneficial because the wheels are allowed to spin This will restore full engine power and will enhance momentum through the obstacle To switch off the AdvanceTrac with RSC system press the AdvanceTrac with RSC Off button Full features of the AdvanceTrac 228 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving with RSC system can be restored by pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC Off butto
111. STEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to O the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicato
112. Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P Park 4 Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat 5 Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level dipstick 297 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 4 0L V6 engine e 4 6L V8 engine NXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Z 0 OAK o 3 6 Wipe the dipstick clean Insert the dipstick fully then remove it again e If the oil level is between the lower and upper holes the oil level is acceptable DO NOT ADD OIL e If the oil level is below the lower hole add enough oil to raise the level within the lower and upper holes 298 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e 4 0L V6 engine e 4 6L V8 engine e Oil levels above the upper hole may cause engine damage Some oil must be removed from the engine by an authorized dealer 7 Put the dipstick back in and ensure it is fully seated Adding engine oil 1 Check the engine oil For instructions refer to Checking the engine oil in this chapter 2 If the engine oil level is not within the normal range add only certified engine oil of the recommended viscosity Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening 3 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above t
113. TE If the SELECT RESET stem is pressed during the calibration or three minutes has elapsed since the beginning of the calibration without driving the vehicle the message center reverts back to normal operation and the CAL will display until a successful calibration is carried out 6 Slowly drive the vehicle in a circle less than 3 mph 5 km h until the CIRCLE SLOWLY TO CALIBRATE message changes to CALIBRATION COMPLETED System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the message center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for four seconds The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no more warning messages Types of messages and warnings e Some messages will appear briefly to inform you of something you may need to take action on or be informed of e Some messages will appear once and then again when the vehicle is restarted e Some messages will reappear after clearing or being reset if a problem or condition is still present and needs your attention e Some messages can be acknowledged and reset by pressing the SELECT RESET stem This allows you to use the full message center functionality by clearing the message 26 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster DOOR AJAR Displayed when a
114. The following procedure can be done with the cargo cage in the stowed or extended position 1 Locate the Phillips head screw in the middle of the vertical brace on the locking clip 2 Turn the screw counterclockwise until you hear an audible click 3 To deactivate turn the screw clockwise until the locking clip moves freely To remove the cargo cage 1 Extend the cargo cage 2 Pull the lever on each side of the cage to unlock it Make sure the locking clip screws are loose before removing the cargo cage 3 Press the locking clips below the middle bar and lift the cargo cage out of the channels on the D pillar To install the cargo cage follow the removal procedure in reverse order TONNEAU COVER IF EQUIPPED The tonneau cover has been designed to maximize fuel economy and should be fully installed whenever possible The rear panel can be folded in half and secured behind the cab or the whole cover can be removed completely from the vehicle To avoid damage to the cover do not operate the vehicle unless the cover is fully installed and securely latched or securely stowed To avoid damage to the cover do not stand sit or load anything on top of the cover The tonneau cover has been designed to be a water resistant system A small amount of water may drain into the pickup box with the cover installed 101 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus
115. Y REDUCE SPEED Displayed when your trailer starts to sway when towing Refer to Trailer sway control in the Driving chapter for more information FOR 4X4 LOW STOP VEHICLE if equipped Displayed when 4X4 LOW is selected while the vehicle is moving For more information refer to Using the Control Trac 4WD system in the Driving chapter FOR 4X4 LOW SHIFT TO N if equipped Displayed when 4X4 LOW is selected and the vehicle is stopped For more information refer to Using the Control Trac 4WD system in the Driving chapter TO EXIT 4X4 LOW STOP VEHICLE if equipped Displayed when 2WD is selected while the vehicle is operating in 4X4 LOW For more information refer to Using the Control Trac 4WD system in the Driving chapter TO EXIT 4X4 LOW SHIFT TO N if equipped Displayed when 2WD is selected while the vehicle has been stopped in 4X4 LOW For more information refer to Using the Control Trac 4WD system in the Driving chapter OPTIONAL MESSAGE CENTER IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle s message center allows you to configure personalize certain vehicle options to suit your needs The message center is also capable NU Tr of monitoring many vehicle systems gt and will alert you to potential 0 0 ni vehicle problems and various conditions with an informational message followed by a long indicator chime 28 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster
116. a no start condition Your vehicle comes with two coded keys additional coded keys may be purchased from your authorized dealer The authorized dealer can program your spare keys to your vehicle or you can program the keys yourself Refer to Programming spare keys for instructions on how to program the coded key Note The SecuriLock passive anti theft system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection 118 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Note Large metallic objects electronic devices that are used to purchase gasoline or similar items or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues You need to prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine These objects will not cause damage to the coded key but may cause a momentary issue if they are too close to the key when starting the engine If a problem occurs turn the ignition off remove all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle Anti theft indicator The anti theft indicator is located on top of the instrument panel e When the ignition is in the off position the indicator wi
117. ac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints SAFETY RESTRAINTS Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor e Front passenger sensing system e Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp e Front crash severity sensor e Restraints Control Module ROM e Restraint system warning light and back up tone e The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights How does the Personal Safety System work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides inform
118. advance in a CD MP3 track Ea While in folder mode press E FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 39 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems While in folder mode press FOLDER b to access the next folder on MP3 discs if available Press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle es mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE again SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display Note In track mode all tracks on the current disc will shuffle in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current folder Press B gt 11 play pause when a 19 CD MP3 is playing to pause the disc CD PAUSE will appear in the display Press again to resume play 4 For a single CD system press 4 to eject the current disc ay The display will read CD EJECT O For an in dash six CD system press 4 and then select the correct slot number using memory presets 1 6 When ready the system will eject the disc and the display will read REMOVE CD If the disc is not removed in 15 seconds the system will reload the disc To auto eject up to six discs press and hold 4 until the system begins eje
119. age period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner Guide portfolio Roadside assistance will cover e a flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit e battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5L of gasoline or 5 gallons 18 9L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e winch out available within 100 feet 30 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford Mercury Lincoln eligible vehicle towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 3 km of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 3 km from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 3 km Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Canadian customers refer to your Customer Information Guide for information on e coverage peri
120. air cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to heavy off road usage DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly especially when the depth is not known Never drive through o water that is higher than the bottom SZ of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 250 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Getting roadside assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours seven days a week e for the cover
121. akes 248 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Driving on snow and ice AWD and 4WD vehicles have advantages over ZWD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Avoid sudden braking as well Although an AWD or a 4WD vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations avoid locking of the wheels Use a squeeze technique push on the brake pedal with a steadily increasing force which allows the wheels to brake yet continue to roll so that you may steer in the direction you want to travel If you lock the wheels release the brake pedal and repeat the squeeze technique If your vehicle is equipped with a Four Wheel Anti Lock Brake System ABS apply the brake steadily Do not pump the brakes Refer to the Brakes sec
122. al office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S 281 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central America the Caribbean or the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 FAX 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of the U S or Canada register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in
123. al code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad and release 3 Press and hold the 1 e 2 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will work Anti scan feature If the wrong code has been entered seven times 35 consecutive button presses the keypad will go into an anti scan mode This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after e one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the cl control on the remote entry transmitter e the ignition is turned to the on position Unlocking and locking the doors using keyless entry To unlock the driver s door enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code Each number must be pressed within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate To unlock all doors press the 3 e 4 control within five seconds To lock all doors press the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 at the same time Note The driver s door must be closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM SecuriLock passive anti theft system is an engine immobilization system This system is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used The use of the wrong type of coded key may lead to
124. al detection zone of the RSS system may create false beeps The RSS detects obstacles up to six feet two meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the B bumper refer to the figures for approximate zone coverage areas L3 As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again While receiving a warning the radio volume will be reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio will return to the previous value The RSS may have reduced performance or an increased chance of false detection if the tailgate is not locked and in the upright position If the tailgate is down the RSS tone may be heard intermittently or continuously The tone may also be heard if items in the truck bed protrude rearward outside the bed The RSS automatically turns on when the gearshift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is on A control in the message center allows the driver to disable the system refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information 239 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac
125. an plastic parts These products are available from your authorized dealer e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e f tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windshield rear and side windows and the wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may be the cause These may include hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes water repellent coatings tree sap or other organic contamination these contaminants may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windshield rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 available from your authorized dealer 287 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate ZC 32 A available from your authorized dealer This washer fluid contains special solution in addition to alcohol which helps to remove the hot wax deposited on the wiper blade and windshield from automated car wash facilities Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly
126. anty and service Refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for audio system warranty information If service is necessary see your dealer or qualified technician MPS track and folder structure Your MP3 system recognizes MP3 individual tracks and folder structure as follows e There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode For more information on track and folder mode refer to Sample MP3 structure in the following section e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders will help with navigation through the disc files 60 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Sample MP3 structure If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand 0 how the system will read the structures you create W
127. any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS 4 0L V6 engine 4 6L 3V V8 engine Air filter element FA 1695 FA 1780 Fuel filter FG 1083 FG 1083 FL 8208 For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 325 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications P9 1o oo Mo po4 Clg el eur8uo 19 F TV TSEL6N SSM juoge Suroygq gg syrenb Ger jue ooo oursuy 8 470A juep007 eulsuy prob 19 TT eurguo TO P UmnrmuroJqd 3T 49 21030 A syrenb All juepooo ourgu queoriqnr or pue 8urjerjouoq SJopur Ao 0 T 3J 124030 A V Vde TN MS jueorqnT 971X Ke1dg euoomg sduns1iou eoA IOO T SOLI yeas Yo rey Arermxne yoyey poou Surids pue ogun q 860IA HS SL Joop 194 on S IX 10 DX esodanq nmyy b Jom ong sxpeJ Was S10101 pue soje d Jays Joop souo1e sogurq pog IV G909W SSA 10 V Z909N SSM oreg apea 400 rre i uo XVI pue my syed 2 I Wd LOC 9 ueurioj1oq NIW uoo pu PERSA YSTH 3J 404030 N p104 equny Hed p3o q 9
128. ar WARNING Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed or abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death WARNING Loaded vehicles with a higher center of gravity may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Do not overload your vehicle and use extra precautions such as driving at slower speeds avoiding abrupt steering changes and allowing for increased stopping distance when driving a heavily loaded vehicle Over loading or loading the vehicle improperly can deteriorate handling capability and contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 231 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the on position unless brake pedal is pressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed
129. at are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING When mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel si
130. ath If your AdvanceTrac with RSC system activates SLOW DOWN WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac with RSC system the sliding car icon n will illuminate steadily Verify that the AdvanceTrac with RSC system is not manually disabled push the AdvanceTrac with RSC Off button located on the center of the instrument panel If the sliding car icon jj still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac with RSC disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death 225 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving The AdvanceTrac with RSC system provides the following stability enhancement features for certain driving situations e Traction Control TCS which functions to help avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction e Electronic Stability Control ESC which functions to help avoid skids or lateral slides e Roll Stability Control RSC which functions to help avoid a vehicle roll over The AdvanceTrac with RSC system automatically enables each time the engine is started All features of the AdvanceTrac with RSC9 system TCS ESC and RSC are active and monitor the vehicle from start up However the system will only intervene if the driving situation requires it The
131. ation to the Restraints Control Module RCM During a crash the RCM may activate the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions The fact that the pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the Personal Safety System determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage etc were not appropriate to activate these safety devices Front airbags are designed to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration 132 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints The dual stage airbags offer the capability to tailor the level of airbag inflation energy A lower less forceful energy level is provided for more common moderate severity impacts A higher energy level is used for the most severe impacts Refer to Airbag supplemental restraints SRS section in this chapter Front crash severity sensor The front crash severity sensor enhances the ability to detect the severity of an impact Positioned up front it provides valuable information early in the crash event o
132. ations require MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO 1 DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG that ls Safety Comp Nance FRONT GAWR XXXXL REARGAWR XXXXL Certification Label be affixed to a XXXXKG WTH XXXXKG WITH XXXXDOQOOQUC TIRES XXXXDO0 0000 SS TIRES vehicle and prescribe where the OXAK RIMA ONEX RIMS Safety Compliance Certification AT XXX KPaXX CPSLOOLD ATQUC KPaIXX PSI COLD Label may be located The Safety THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR li ification Labela VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN Compliance Certification abe 1s EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE located on the structure B Pillar a 000x by the trailing edge of the driver s door or the edge of the driver s WU ANAT IE E LUE door EXT PNT XX RCXX DSO WB BRR TINTTR PPS R TALE TR OSPROCXXXX XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX Vehicle identification number VIN The vehicle identification number is located on the driver side instrument panel Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 332 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information 1 World manufacturer identifier XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX 2 Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR Re
133. attery and the carburetor fuel injection system 272 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Note Do not attach the negative cable fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery 5 Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts Jump starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the jumper cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative connection of the booster vehicle s battery 273 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the di
134. autions The SRS is designed to work with the safety belt to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 cm between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module 147 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position WARNING Do not put anything on or over the airbag module Placing objects on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or
135. automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear and when the vehicle is in motion over 13 mph 20 km h or higher 1 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to to turn autolock on or off 2 Press the SELECT RESET stem for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu AUTOUNLOCK This feature automatically unlocks all vehicle doors when the driver s door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being turned off 1 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to to turn autounlock on or off 2 Press the SELECT RESET stem switch for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu PARK AID if equipped This feature sounds a warning tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper and functions only when R Reverse gear is selected 1 To disable enable the reverse sensing system feature with the vehicle in P Park select this function from the setup menu or put the vehicle in R Reverse 2 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to turn park aid on or off 3 Press the SELECT RESET stem for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu 23 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster TRAILER SWAY This feature uses the electronic stability control to mitigate trailer sway 1 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to
136. aximum Trailer weight GCWR Ib kg range lb kg 0 Maximum 4 0L SOHC Class 0 3500 0 1588 II towing towing INAV towing 4 6L Class III IV 3 55 12000 5443 0 7160 0 3248 towing Notes For high altitude operation reduce GCW by 296 per 1 000 ft 300 meters elevation For definitions of terms used in this table and instructions on how to calculate your vehicle load refer to Vehicle loading in this chapter Maximum trailer weights shown The combined weight of the completed towing vehicle and the loaded trailer must not exceed the GCWR When towing maximum loads under high outside temperatures and on steep grades the A C system may cycle on and off to protect the engine from overheating This may result in a temporary increase of interior temperatures 211 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 4WD and AWD GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating Trailer Weight Rear axle ratio Trailer weight GCWR Ib kg range lb kg 0 Maximum 8500 8856 0 3500 0 1588 8500 8856 0 3500 0 1588 4 0L SOHC Class II towing 4 6L Class II towing 4 6L Class III IV 0 6990 0 3171 towing Notes For high altitude operation reduce GCW by 2 per 1 000 ft 300 meters elevation For definitions of terms used in this table and instructions on how to calculate your vehicle load refer to Vehicle loading in this chapter Maximum trailer
137. ble presets six each for SAT1 SAT2 and SATS To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune to the desired channel then press and hold a preset control until sound returns Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 13 TEXT SCAN In radio and CD MP3 mode press and hold for a brief sampling of radio stations or CD tracks Press again to stop In MP3 mode press and release to display track title artist name and disc title In satellite radio mode if equipped press and release to enter TEXT MODE and display the current song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the current song title artist channel category and the SIRIUS long channel name In TEXT MODE sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the gt indicator is active press SEEK to view the additional display text When the lt indicator is active press SEEK to view the previous display text In satellite radio mode if equipped press and hold to hear a brief sampling of the next channels Press again to stop In CATEGORY MODE press SCAN to hear a brief sampling of the channels in the selected category Press again to stop Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 14 AM FM Press to select AM FM1 FM2 frequency band 15 ON OFF V
138. c esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Removing the jack and tools 1 Fold the passenger side rear seat forward then remove the jack 2 Turn the jack screw eyelet 1 counterclockwise to release pressure 3 Rotate the locking pin 2 clockwise until loose then pull out until it stops and remove the jack and tool bag from the bracket 4 Remove the chock and jack tools from the provided bag and rotate the wrench socket out from the handle Removing the spare tire 1 Assemble the jack handle to the lug wrench by sliding the square end of the jack handle through the plastic grommet on the lug nut wrench and into the square hole on the other side N A T dd 264 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Insert the square end of the jack handle extension into the rear access hole located just above the rear bumper and below the tailgate Forward motion will stop and resistance to turning will be felt when properly engaged 3 Connect the jack handle to the jack handle extension Turn the handle counterclockwise until the tire is lowered to the ground and the cable is slightly slack 4 With the spare tire on the ground remove the retainer from the spare e tire 7 En LS Changing the spare tire WARNING When one of the rear wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will no
139. ce the transmission in N Neutral 3 Press the desired 4WD position e If shifting into 4x4 LOW 4WD Low wait for the 4X4 LOW light in the instrument cluster to turn on indicating the shift is complete e f shifting out of 4X4 LOW 4WD Low wait for the 4X4 LOW light in the instrument cluster to turn off indicating the shift is complete If any of the above shift conditions are not met the shift will not occur and the message center will display the appropriate information ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED For the lubricant specification and refill capacity of the AWD transfer case refer to Maintenance and Specifications chapter 241 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving WARNING If your vehicle is equipped with AWD a spare tire of a different size than the road tires should never be used Such a tire could make the vehicle difficult to control as well as result in damage to driveline components WARNING Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Normal operation During normal operation the AWD system is in AWD AUTO mode AWD LOCKED will illuminate in the message center for four seconds when you first start your vehicle The 4X4 indicat
140. cheduled maintenance information Ford production and Motorcraft replacement oil filters are designed for added engine protection and long life If a replacement oil filter is used that does not meet Ford material and design specifications start up engine noises or knock may be experienced It is recommended you use the appropriate Motorcraft oil filter or another with equivalent performance for your engine application 300 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 4 6L 3V V8 Engine Look for this certification trademark Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers To protect your engine and engine s warranty use Motorcraft SAE 5W 20 or an equivalent SAE 5W 20 oil meeting Ford specification WSS M2C930 A SAE 5W 20 oil provides optimum fuel economy and durability performance meeting all requirements for your vehicle s engine Refer to Maintenance product specifications amd capacities later in this section for more information Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatm
141. cial phone and media features For more information please refer to the SYNC supplement or to the SYNC section in the Navigation system supplement if equipped 64 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Temperature selection Controls the temperature of the airflow in the vehicle 2 Air flow selections Controls the direction of the airflow in the vehicle See the following for a brief description on each control Max A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This recooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle 7 Distributes outside air through the instrument panel vents 7 Distributes outside air through the instrument panel vents and the floor vents O OFF Outside air is shut out and the fan will not operate lt A Distributes outside air through the floor vents Note Some airflow will come out of the small vents near the side windows T Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and floor vents Note Some airflow will come out of the small vents near the side windows G Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents 3 A C Uses outside air to cool the vehicle Air flows primarily from the in
142. circulation may turn off automatically in some modes to reduce fog potential It operates automatically and cannot be disengaged in the MAX A C mode 3 Passenger side temperature E x control Press to turn on the dual temperature control It can also be pressed to increase or decrease the airflow temperature for the passenger in the front of the vehicle Recommended initial settings are 72 F 22 C to 75 F 24 C and then adjust for comfort 67 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls 4 MAX A C Distributes c recirculated air through the ES instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This recooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle 5 DUAL Press to turn on the ex separate passenger side temperature control Press again to turn off the separate passenger side temperature control 6 Y Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents It can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice 7 Sd Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and floor vents Note Some airflow will come out of the small vents near the side windows 8 A Distributes air through the floor vents Note Some airflow will come out of the small vents near the side windows 9 lt A Distributes air through the instrument pa
143. combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision The side airbags are fitted on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain lateral collisions the airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Side airbags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration 157 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not rep
144. crease the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal collisions the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the collision is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags Front safety belt energy management retractors The front outboard safety belt energy management retractors allow webbing to be pulled out of the retractor in a gradual and controlled manner in response to the occupant s forward momentum This helps reduce the risk of force related injuries to the occupant s chest by limiting the load on the occupant Refer to Energy management feature section in this chapter Determining if the Personal Safety System is operational The Personal Safety System uses a warning light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the Personal Safety System is not required The Restraints Control Module RCM monitors its own internal circuits and the circuits for the airbag supplemental restraints crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt buckle sensors front passenger sensing system and the driver seat position sensor In 134 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints addition the RCM also monitors the restraints warning light in the instrument cluster A difficulty wit
145. cting all loaded discs If the discs are not removed the system will reload the discs 40 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems AM FM Single CD MP3 satellite compatible sound system if equipped OE Ca RS UZ CD 7 FM o t ee sex Z see x REW FF FOLDER FOLDER SHUFFLE E Il OK 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 g T S amp WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the window switches radio and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened 1 A IV Tuner Press to manually go up or down the radio frequency Also use in menu mode to select various settings In satellite radio mode if equipped press W to tune to the next previous channel 41 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems In CATEGORY MODE press A
146. ction will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading 202 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dea
147. d A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required 320 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications If the service engine soon Y indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon C indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon C indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the service engine soon C indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced Refer to the On board diagnostics OBD II description in this chapter If the vehicle s engine o
148. d is disabled LOW TIRE PRESSURE Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR FAULT Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer 27 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake Fluid in the Maintenance amd Specifications chapter WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the washer fluid reservoir is less than one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter OIL LIFE CHANGE SOON Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10 or less OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Displayed when the oil life left reaches 096 TRAILER SWA
149. d date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code e Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire e Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure e PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure e Cold inflation pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 km e Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door e B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door e Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim e Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread e Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle e Rim The metal support wheel for a tire o
150. d last 38 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems For a single CD system if a disc is not already loaded insert only one label side up into the CD slot LOADING CD and READING DISC will appear in the display The first track on the disc will begin playing For an in dash six CD system if disc is not already loaded press AN LOAD Select a slot number using NLOAD memory presets 1 6 When the display reads LOAD CD load the desired disc label side up If you do not choose a slot within five seconds the system will choose for you Once loaded the first track will begin to play To auto load up to six discs press and hold LOAD until the display reads AUTOLOAD Load the desired disc label side up The system will prompt you to load discs for the remaining available slots Insert the discs one at a time label side up when prompted Once loaded the last loaded disc will begin to play Note An MP3 disc with folders will show F001 folder T001 track in the display An MP3 disc without folders will show T001 track in the display Refer to MP3 track and folder structure later in this chapter for further information 3 In CD MP3 mode you can access the following features Press lt Q SEEK SEEK P to access the previous next tracks see see Press and hold REW to manually reverse in a CD MP3 track EA Press and hold FF to manually
151. d off OFF refer to the Driving chapter AdvanceTrac Flashes when the AdvanceTrac with RSC system is f active Illuminates solid when the system has been disabled by the driver or as a result of a system failure refer to the Driving chapter for more information Four wheel drive low 4x4 if equipped Illuminates when four wheel drive low is engaged If LOW the light fails to illuminate when the ignition is turned on or remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Four wheel drive high 4x4 if equipped Illuminates when four wheel drive is engaged If the light fails to illuminate when the ignition is turned on or remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 16 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Door ajar Illuminates when the ignition is in the on position and any CN door is open Ly Low fuel if equipped Illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is at or near empty refer to Fuel gauge in this chapter Low washer fluid if equipped Illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is low Turn signal Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard lights are turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb D Key in ignition warning chime Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the off or accessory p
152. d using a safety belt properly WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt 135 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident Energy management feature e This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management feature at the front seating positions to help further reduce the risk of injury in the event of a head on collision e This safety belt system has a retractor assembly that is designed to extend the safety belt webbing in a controlled
153. door is not completely closed REMOVE OBJECTS NEAR PASS SEAT Displayed when objects are by the passenger seat After the objects are moved away from the seat if the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer SERVICE RSC NOW Displayed when the system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM Displayed when the electrical system is not maintaining proper voltage when the engine is running If you are operating electrical accessories when the engine is idling at a low speed turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible If the warning stays on or comes on when the engine is operating at normal speeds have the electrical system checked as soon as possible FUEL LEVEL LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the braking system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK PARK AID if equipped Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the reverse sensing system park ai
154. e e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate protection at the temperatures in which you drive Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water for optimum cooling system and engine protection 308 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications What you should know about fail safe cooling 4 6L V8 engine only If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain Fail safe cooling and engine oil overheat mode 4 6L V8 only If the engine coolant and or engine oil overheat the vehicle s fail safe modes will reduce engine power to limit engine damage even with a total loss of coolant The vehicle s range and or speed will be reduced depending on vehicle load terrain and outside temperatures The instrument cluster provides warnings for each mode e Fail Safe Cooling Mode The C Service engine soon 7 gt Engine oil pressure and 4E Engine coolant temperature indicators will be on Along with these warning indicators the engine coolant temperature gauge will read in the Hot H area If the engine coolant reaches even hotter t
155. e juo epAmbo 10 9ureN Hed PIOA ping 08319 UOISSTUISUET oneuioqny pig S9989 UOISSTIUISUPT oneuioqny ITV ID syrenb ZI e 10 D syrenb J ZT C S eur8uo 9P sj1enb 0 9 lo ourgu q 328 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp USA fus Maintenance and Specifications GV 9IHS C HSA V GE OZ A SNOOSMHIN WO S LX V L6TOGN dSM TO 06MO08 AX V 66LOGW ISM TO OVIMSLAX uorjeogriodg pIo 19qumw Hed PLOT 9 e1juo2uo TOYSseA p 9TISDUIA Umud 47eJ24030 X CI OY ping sjrenb gp J9uSeA p 9n SputAA JIOAJ9SOJ JLLVAeNOOMWHWIN uo soul XVIN pm jJ 1294030 A pue NIN 9u1 SUNS I9MOq U994439q MA TSZT CaMV pmpy 9seo sjyrenb eT pmg ose 19Jsuei Jopsu4 3 194030 N TFT AMP syrenb GT pm oso I JSULIL yuUBOLIqN o xy Tey ummueiq 06 M08 TET sud zg d AVS PLION i jueonmqnr o xy IEY opewuAs OFT MGL CUD stud gg pmg ore woy AVS 3je1010 0 A N Med P104 329 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp USA fus TeAJ93UI 92IAJ9S 1991100 IYJ ouruLiojop 03 WOWDUWALOfUL oo9wDuequvpw payNpaYyos o1 19jos o8eurep uorssruisuer osneo ABW pmg popuoururooed au Ue 19470 prm Aue Jo os o8eurep uorssrusue esneo amp eur A eNOOUAW Suramboz uorssmusueJ orpeurojne ue ur pini e8esn enp Jo as TRATOJUL 92IAJ9S 129 102 VY ourulo3op 03 UOUVWUALOfUL 82wDwoeTwvOWL pojmpen 2s oj IJOY asewep UOISSTUISUBI osneo
156. e tire wheel information section for description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For Full Size and Dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tire wheel information section for description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges 186 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE CARE Inspecting your tires and wheel valve stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all you
157. e If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface e t may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly 243 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving e t often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or roll over Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern WARNING Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury
158. e Start the engine e Press the gearshift lever release button on the front of the lever and shift into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive with Overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six 236 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus D Drive without Overdrive Overdrive can be deactivated by pressing the transmission control switch on the side of the shift lever e This position allows for all forward gears 1 5 except overdrive Provides engine braking e Use when driving conditions cause excessive shifting from O D to other gears Examples heavy city traffic where continuous shifting in and out of overdrive occurs hilly terrain heavy loads trailer towing and when engine braking is requi
159. e a high back child restraint the head restraint must be re installed prior to use of the seat by any other occupant in order to reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision Folding down the 2nd row 60 40 seats Ensure that the head restraint is in the down position and no objects such as books purses or briefcases are on the floor in front of the second row seats before folding them down 1 Lower the head restraints by y pulling on the strap N 2 Locate handle on the side of the seat cushion by the door 3 Pull up on the handle and push the seatback forward toward the front of the vehicle 130 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To return the seat to the upright position 1 Pull up on the handle and rotate the seatback until you hear a click locking it in the upright position Note For 6096 seats ensure that the seatback is fully latched to the rear of the cab 2 Lift up on the head restraint until it locks into its original position WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision 181 2010 07 Explorer Sport Tr
160. e a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions 75 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Using the right bulbs Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility Using incorrect bulbs may damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty or may not provide quality bulb burn time Number of bulbs Headlamp low amp high 2 H13 beam 2 Front park turn lamp 2 3457 N
161. e interior rear view mirror since this may impair proper mirror performance Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power side view mirrors L WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion The ignition must be in the accessory or on position to adjust the power side view mirrors 90 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls To adjust your mirrors X 1 Rotate the control clockwise to adjust the right mirror and rotate the control counterclockwise to adjust the left mirror 2 Move the control in the direction you wish to tilt the mirror 3 Return to the center position to lock mirrors in place Fold away mirrors Fold the side mirrors in carefully when driving through a narrow space like an automatic car wash Heated outside mirrors Li if equipped Both mirrors are heated automatically to remove ice mist and fog when the heated mirror control located on the instrument panel is pressed Once activated a small light on the button will illuminate 91 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the
162. e may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to Compass zone calibration adjustment Most geographic areas zones have a magnetic north compass point that varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is four 24 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the vehicle crosses multiple zones A correct zone setting will eliminate this error Do the following to set the proper zone Compass zone adjustment if equipped 1 Determine which magnetic zone you are in for your geographic location by referring to the zone map 2 Turn ignition to the on position 6 W Novam 3 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to scroll through the information displays until the message center displays HOLD RESET FOR SETUP MENU 4 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem until the message center displays HOLD RESET FOR SYSTEM CHECK Do not hold the stem down at this point as you do not want to enter the system check Instead quickly release the stem and repeatedly press it again to scroll D e setup menu until the message center displays COMPASS 5 Press and hold the SELECT RES
163. e speed to compensate for road and wind noise Use A v to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu The default setting is off increasing your vehicle speed will not change the volume level Adjust 17 7 Increasing this setting from 1 lowest setting to 7 highest setting allows the radio volume to automatically change slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Recommended level is 7 3 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting 44 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems TRACK FOLDER MODE Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode In track mode press SEEK SEEK B gt to scroll through all tracks on the disc In folder mode press SEEK SEEK to scroll through tracks within the selected folder Press d FOLDER FOLDER p to access the previous next folder if available Press OK to close and return to the main menu COMPRESS Compression Available only in CD MP3 mode Press MENU until COMPRESS ON OFF appears in the display Use V lt q SEEK SEEK to toggle ON OFF When COMPRESS is ON the system will bring the soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level Press OK to close and return to the main menu SINGLE PLAY DUAL PLAY if equipped If SINGLE PLAY is ON press A v for DUAL PLAY For further information on Single Play Dual Play please refer
164. e temperature of the engine may be too high refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire Powertrain malfunction indicator lluminates when a powertrain a 4x4 or an AWD fault has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible e Standard instrument cluster A e Optional instrument cluster ET SAR 13 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Brake system warning light To confirm the brake system warning C P light is functional it will momentarily illuminate when the BRAKE ignition is turned to the on position when the engine is not running or in a position between on and start or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the on position If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this time contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Illumination after releasing the parking brake indicates low brake fluid level Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Contact your au
165. e transmitter should operate normally after battery replacement Replacing lost remote entry transmitters If you would like to have your remote entry transmitter reprogrammed because you lost one or would like to buy additional remote entry transmitters you can either reprogram them yourself or take all remote entry transmitters to your authorized dealer for reprogramming How to reprogram your remote entry transmitters You must have all remote entry transmitters maximum of six available before beginning this procedure If all remote entry transmitters are not present during the programming procedure the transmitters that are not present during programming will no longer operate the vehicle Note Ensure the brake pedal is not depressed during this sequence To reprogram the remote entry transmitters 1 Ensure the vehicle is electronically unlocked 2 Put the key in the ignition 115 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 3 Turn the key from the 1 off position to 3 on 4 Cycle eight times rapidly within 10 seconds between the 1 off position and 3 on Note The eighth turn must end in the 3 on position 5 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that the programming mode has been activated 6 Within 20 seconds press any button on the remote entry transmitter Note If more than 20 seconds have passed you will need to start the
166. e with your reception 58 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems e Station overload When you pass a broadcast tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency is displayed CD CD player care Do 4 e Handle discs by their edges only Never touch the playing surface Inspect discs before playing Clean only with an approved CD cleaner e Wipe discs from the center out Don t e Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time e Clean using a circular motion CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 in 12 cm audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Do not use any irregular shaped CDs or discs with a scratch protection film attached ef 4 p 59 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels should not be inserted into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Audio system warr
167. een approved for your engine and could cause damage to the fuel system Repairs to correct the effects of using an aftermarket product in your fuel may not be covered by your warranty Many of the world s automakers approved the World Wide Fuel Charter that recommends gasoline specifications to provide improved performance and emission control system protection for your vehicle Gasolines that meet the World Wide Fuel Charter should be used when available Ask your fuel supplier about gasolines that meet the World Wide Fuel Charter Cleaner air Ford endorses the use of reformulated cleaner burning gasolines to improve air quality per the recommendations in the Choosing the right fuel section Running out of fuel Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8L of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8L may be required e The service engine soon CY indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon C indicator refer to Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter 315 2010 0
168. eering pump fluid level below the MIN mark on the reservoir e Some noise is normal during operation If the noise is excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer e Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering pump fluid level Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir as this may result in leaks from the reservoir 230 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort If the steering wanders or pulls check for an improperly inflated tire uneven tire wear loose or worn suspension components loose or worn steering components e improper steering alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull PREPARING TO DRIVE WARNING Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles th WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Utility vehicles and trucks have larger tires and increased ground clearance giving the vehicle a higher center of gravity than a passenger c
169. el economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is re initialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected AVERAGE FUEL XX X MPG L 100km Average fuel economy displays your average fuel economy in miles gallon or liters 100 km If you calculate your average fuel economy by dividing distance traveled by gallons of fuel used liters of fuel used by 100 kilometers traveled your figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is important to press the RESET button press and hold RESET for two seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings For more information refer to Essentials of good fuel economy in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter FUEL ECONOMY MPG L km f 4 This displays instantaneous fuel economy as a bar graph ranging from poor economy to f
170. el pilot hole prior to installation If there is visible corrosion in wheel pilot hole remove loose particles by wiping with clean rag and apply grease Apply grease only to the wheel pilot hole surface by smearing a dime 1 square cm sized glob of grease around the wheel pilot surface 1 with end of finger DO NOT apply grease to lugnut stud holes or wheel to brake surfaces 269 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies JUMP STARTING WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Preparing your vehicle When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may have firm and or soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation 1 Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle 2 Do not disc
171. ely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the air bag has deployed the air bag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the air bag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The SRS consists of e driver and passenger airbag modules which include the inflators and airbags e seat mounted side airbags Refer to Seat mounted side airbag system later in this chapter e Safety Canopy system Refer to Safety Canopy system later in this chapter 150 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints one or more impact and safing sensors a readiness light and tone diagnostic module and the electrical wiring which connects the components Front passenger sensing system Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter The diagnostic module monitors its own internal circuits and the supplemental airbag electrical system wiring including the impact sensors the system wiring the airbag system readiness light the airbag back up power and the airbag ignitors
172. emperatures fail safe cooling mode limits engine power more and disables air conditioning The engine will switch to alternating cylinder operation to help cool the engine The engine will run rough in this mode If continued operation increases the engine coolant temperature to a critical range the engine will shut down Steering and braking effort will increase Once engine coolant temperature cools the engine can be restarted Engine Oil Overheat Mode The E Engine coolant temperature indicator will be on The instrument cluster has no separate oil temperature indicator Along with the E Engine coolant temperature indicator the engine coolant temperature gauge will read in the Hot H area Oil overheat can be triggered in severe driving conditions such as towing heavy loads over mountainous terrain in extreme hot temperatures As oil temperature increases engine and vehicle speed will be limited The transmission will also shift differently When the engine oil has cooled the vehicle will perform normally 309 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications When fail safe cooling mode is activated You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely pos
173. ent of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag SRS its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING All occupants of the vehicle should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS is provided 156 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the side airbag system work The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags The side airbag system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon bag airbag with an inflator concealed behind the outboard bolster of the driver and front passenger seatbacks e A special seat cover designed to allow airbag deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Crash sensors located on the front doors and C pillars one sensor on each pillar on each side of the vehicle Side airbags in
174. ents They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Change your engine oil according to the appropriate schedule listed in the scheduled maintenance information Ford production and Motorcraft replacement oil filters are designed for added engine protection and long life If a replacement oil filter is used that does not meet Ford material and design specifications start up engine noises or knock may be experienced It is recommended you use the appropriate Motorcraft oil filter or another with equivalent performance for your engine application 301 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications BATTERY Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require 2 additional water during its life of 7 ay service s e m PA h dv V2 NA Ley QA Em S ama NL em D If your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water It is recommended that the negat
175. epair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www genuineservice com U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Guides Maintenance Schedules Recalls Ford Extended Service Plans Ford Genuine Accessories Service specials and promotions 277 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance In Canada Mailing address Ford vehicles Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Mailing address Lincoln vehicles Lincoln Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J
176. er Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important safety precautions When the engine starts the idle RPM runs faster to warm the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have the vehicle checked If the vehicle is operated in a heavy snow storm or blowing snow conditions the engine air induction may become partially clogged with snow and or ice If this occurs the engine may experience a significant reduction in power output At the earliest opportunity clear all snow and or ice away for the air induction inlet Before starting the vehicle 1 Make sure all occupants buckle their safety belts For more information on safety belts and their proper usage refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 2 Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off e Make sure the parking brake is set 218 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving e Make sure the gearshift is in P Park 3 Turn the key to 3 on without turning the key to 4 start Some warning lights will briefly illuminate See Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information regarding the warning lights 219 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac es
177. er Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster e Some messages will appear once and then again when the vehicle is restarted e Some messages will reappear after clearing or being reset if a problem or condition is still present and needs your attention e Some messages can be acknowledged and reset by pressing RESET This allows you to use the full message center functionality by clearing the message DOOR AJAR Displayed when a door is not completely closed REMOVE OBJECTS NEAR PASS SEAT Displayed when objects are by the passenger seat After the objects are moved away from the seat if the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer SERVICE RSC NOW Displayed when the system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM Displayed when the electrical system is not maintaining proper voltage If you are operating electrical accessories when the engine is idling at a low speed turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible If the warning stays on or comes on when the engine is operating at normal speeds have the electrical system checked as soon as possible FUEL LEVEL LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehic
178. eration sufficient to cause the side crash sensor to close an electrical circuit that initiates Safety Canopy inflation or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above the first and second row seats In certain lateral collisions or rollover events the Safety Canopy system will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact collisions and rollover events The fact that the Safety Canopy system did not activate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions or rollover events not in rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration or rollover likelihood WARNING Several Safety Canopy system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 160 Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING If the Safety Canopy system has deployed the Safety Canopy will not function again The Safety Canopy system including the A B a
179. es and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled 143 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts All statistics based on U S data Reasons given Consider Crashes are rare events 36700 crashes occur every day The more we drive the more we are exposed to rare events even for good drivers 1 in 4 of us will be seriously injured in a crash during our lifetime Tm not going far 3 of 4 fatal crashes occur within 25 miles 40 km of home Belts are uncomfortable We design our safety belts to enhance comfort If you are uncomfortable try different positions for the safety belt upper anchorage and seatback which should be as upright as possible this can improve comfort was in a hurry Prime time for an accident Belt Minder reminds us to take a few seconds to buckle up Safety belts don t work Safety belts when used properly reduce risk of death to front seat occupants by 4596 in cars and by 60 6 in light trucks T
180. es slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is four degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the vehicle crosses multiple zones A correct zone setting will eliminate this error Refer to RESET FOR ZONE SETTING PRESS RESET FOR CALIBRATION following RESET FOR ZONE SETTING 1 Determine your magnetic zone by referring to the zone map 2 Start the engine 3 Press the SETUP button to select RESET FOR ZONE SETTING 4 Press the RESET button until the message center display changes to show the current zone setting XX 5 Press the RESET button repeatedly until the correct zone setting for your geographic location is displayed on the message center The range of zone values are from 01 to 15 and wraps back to 01 6 Wait four seconds when correct zone is chosen 33 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster PRESS RESET FOR CALIBRATION Perform compass calibration in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 1 Press the SETUP button to select PRESS RESET FOR CALIBRATION 2 Press RESET to calibrate 3 Slowly drive the vehicle in a circle less than 3 mph 5 km h until the CIRCLE SLOWLY TO CALIBRATE display changes to CALIBRATION COMPLETED It will take up
181. esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD OPERATION IF EQUIPPED WARNING For important information regarding safe operation of this type of vehicle see Preparing to drive your vehicle in this chapter Four wheel drive 4WD supplies power to all four wheels Do not use 4X4 High or 4X4 Low on dry hard surfaced roads Doing so will produce excessive noise increase tire wear and may damage drive components 4X4 High and 4X4 Low are only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces The use of 4X4 High or 4X4 Low on these surfaces may produce some noise such as occasional clunks but will not damage the drive system If equipped with the Electronic Shift 4WD System and 4WD Low is selected while the vehicle is moving above 3 mph 5 km h the 4WD system will not engage This is normal and should be no reason for concern Refer to Shifting to from 4WD Low for proper operation System indicator lights e 4X4 momentarily illuminates 4x4 when the vehicle is started Illuminates when
182. est speed initially then adjust in order to maintain comfort To allow side window defogging and demisting while warming up the vehicle cabin 1 Select m 2 Select A C 3 Set the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel To allow windshield defogging and demisting while warming up vehicle 1 Select Y floor defrost mode 2 Set temperature control to maintain comfort 3 Set fan to highest setting 66 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DATC SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 A C control Press to turn on the air conditioning Press again to turn off the air conditioning Use with lt to improve cooling performance and efficiency It engages automatically with the press of AUTO tv ud and MAX A C 2 Recirculation control Press to turn on the air circulation in the cabin Press again to turn off Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculation can be turned on manually in any airflow selection except defrost Re
183. etre eei 95 brake shift interlock BSI 232 iniri p 82 fluid checking and adding automatic oett tes 323 DYNGB 5 dgunmetudens ite 64 fluid refill capacities 396 T lubricant specifications 326 TONE 2i ete bo ceste tes 103 WAM GATE user eer ries 99 Turn signal ee 75 Tilt steering wheel 82 Tire Pressure Monitoring y System TPMS DAE ur LP aceti 246 USB POTE iere ent 58 Roadside Emergencies 261 V Tires Wheels and Loading 197 Warning Displays 12 26 34 Vehicle Identification Number MULES siete mi 182 184 261 VIN cesera vesci OR 332 D mu dd Hay Vehicle loading cece 202 changing sn Bele fe VOUS Ue qumidight Au checking the pressure 187 Ventilating your vehicle 220 Jnflallig sese 185 label aceite ett e 190 W replacing sercis 188 265 FOLSUDE usse cesis acta 191 Warning lights see Lights 12 safety practices s 190 Washer fluid sse 296 sidewall information 192 cie snow tires and cables 202 Water Driving through 250 spare tire sarene 261 263 Windows terminology eeeee 184 POW T edt bee ee dpa 86 tire grades sssri otenn 183 Windshield her fluid and tender wcrc Bus D E y TONNEAU cover sssessss 101 checking and adding fluid 296 Towing seseeseeeneees 210 replacing wiper blades 297 recreational towi
184. etting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel 70 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus HEADLAMP CONTROL XX Turns the lamps off p Turns on the parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps ZD Turns the headlamps on Autolamp control if equipped The autolamp control sets the headlamps to turn on and off automatically The autolamp control located on the headlamp control may be set to e turn on the lamps automatically at night turn off the lamps automatically during the daylight e keep the lamps on for up to three minutes after the key is turned to off To turn the autolamps on rotate the control counterclockwise to XX Note With autolamps your vehicle has a windshield wiper rainlamp feature When the headlamp control is in the autolamp position and the windshield wipers are turned on during daylight the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 71 Lights Fog lamp control D The fog lamps can be turned on only when the headlamp control is in the ZO Y Or ps position and the high beams are not turned on Pull headlamp control towards you to turn fog lamps on The fog
185. ety Compliance Certification Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle 12 Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 13 Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The c
186. f luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Another example for your vehicle with 1 400 Ib 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 Ib 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 Ib 18 5 kg each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 Ib Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 6 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg e A final example for your vehicle with 1 400 Ib 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 Ib 45 kg bags of cement Do you have en
187. f speed control There are two ways to turn off the speed control e Press the brake pedal This will not erase your vehicle s previously set speed e Press the speed control OFF control Note When you turn off the speed control or the ignition your speed control set speed memory is erased 8 STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS These controls allow you to operate some radio control features Audio control features Press MEDIA to select e AM FMI FM2 e SATI SAT2 or SATS Satellite Radio mode if equipped e CD if equipped e LINE IN Auxiliary input jack In AM FM1 or FM2 mode Press p d SEEK PP to select preset stations within the selected radio band or press and hold to select the next previous radio frequency In Satellite radio mode if equipped e Press lt q SEEK gt to advance through preset channels 95 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls In CD or USB mode if equipped e Press dd SEEK PP to select the next selection on the CD USB or press and hold to forward or reverse through the CD USB In any mode e Press VOL or to adjust volume Navigation system hands free control features if equipped Press and hold VOICE briefly until the voice us icon appears on the Navigation display to use the voice command feature Press VOICE to complete a voice command For further information on the Navigation system
188. f the driver and passengers Webbing extraction sensitive mode The webbing sensitive locking mode locks the webbing and prevents more belt from being pulled out if the belt is pulled out too quickly The belt will unlock when you stop pulling on it 197 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Automatic locking mode When to use the automatic locking mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible Refer to Safety restraints for children or Safety seats for children later in this chapter How to use the automatic locking mode e Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt e Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking ed This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to disengage the automatic locking mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic lock
189. feel If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected 303 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Always dispose of automotive Sal batteries in a responsible manner S Follow your local authorized S A standards for disposal Call your t local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE ENGINE COOLANT Checking engine coolant The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in scheduled maintenance information The coolant concentration should be maintained at 50 50 coolant and distilled water which equates to a freeze point of 34 F 36 C Coolant concentration testing is possible with a hydrometer or antifreeze tester The level of coolant should be maintained at the FULL COLD level in the coolant reservoir If the level falls below add coolant per the instructions in the Adding engine coolant section Your vehicle was factory filled with a 50 50 engine coolant and water concentration If the concentration of coolant falls below 40 or above 60 the engine parts could become damaged or not work properly A 50 50 mixture of coolant and water provides the following e Freeze protection down to 34 F 36 C e Boiling protection up to 26
190. formation Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for complete emission warranty information On board diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon KY indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon C indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel cap may not have been securely tightened See Fuel filler cap in this chapter 4 Driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly tightening the fuel cap or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon C indicator should stay off the next time the engine is starte
191. ft lever e Will not downshift into 1 First at high speeds allows for 1 First when vehicle reaches slower speeds Forced downshifts e Allowed in D Overdrive or Drive e Press the accelerator to the floor e Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear Driving with a 6 speed automatic transmission if equipped This vehicle is equipped with an Adaptive Transmission Shift Strategy Adaptive Transmission Shift Strategy offers the optimal transmission operation and shift quality The adaptive information will be stored automatically in the Powertrain Control Module PCM and Transmission Control Module TCM When the vehicle s battery has been disconnected for any type of service or repair the transmission will need to relearn the normal shift strategy parameters much like having to reset your radio stations when your vehicle battery has been disconnected The Adaptive Transmission Shift Strategy allows the transmission to relearn these operating parameters This learning process could take several transmission upshifts and downshifts during this learning process slightly firmer shifts may occur After this learning process normal shift feel and shift scheduling will resume 235 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Press the brake pedal
192. ft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Illumination of the service engine soon C indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately 319 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control In
193. g it clockwise Replacing high mount brake and cargo lamp bulbs Make sure the headlamp control is off 1 Remove the two screws and move the lamp assembly away from the vehicle to expose the bulb sockets 2 Remove the bulb socket by rotating counterclockwise and pulling it out of the lamp assembly 3 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket and push in the new bulb Install the new bulbs in reverse order 80 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls MULTI FUNCTION LEVER Windshield wiper Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers rotate towards you to decrease the speed of the wipers Windshield washer Press the end of the stalk e briefly causes a single swipe of the wipers without washer fluid e a quick press and hold the gt wipers will swipe three times with washer fluid e a long press and hold the wipers and washer fluid will be activated for up to ten seconds Note Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Check the washer fluid level frequently Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades and cause the wiper motor to burn out Before operating the wiper on a dry windshield always use the windshield washer In freezing weather be sure the wiper b
194. ght will turn OFF Spare tire in use Your temporary spare tire is in use Repair the damaged road wheel tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description on how the system functions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If your tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the light remains ON contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 200 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Flashing Warning Spare tire in use Your temporary spare tire is in Light use Repair the damaged road wheel and re mount it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description of how the system functions under these conditions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If your tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the TPMS warning light still flashes contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible When inflating your tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the Tire Pressure Monitoring System may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 82 km h for the light to turn
195. h the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The warning light will either flash or stay lit e The warning light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and warning light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Safety restraints precautions WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit in a rear seating position where they can be properly restrained WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat an
196. hat children and or pets are not in the proximity of the moon roof opening The moon roof is equipped with an automatic one touch express opening and closing feature To stop motion at any time during the one touch operation press the control a second time 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 97 Driver Controls To open the moon roof Press and release the SLIDE control the moon roof will open automatically Press the switch again to stop the moon roof To close the moon roof Pull and release the SLIDE control the moon roof will close automatically Press the switch again to stop the moon roof Bounce back When an obstacle has been detected in the moon roof opening as the moon roof is closing the moon roof will automatically open and stop at a prescribed position Bounce back override To override bounce back function pull and hold the SLIDE switch within two seconds of a bounce back event The closing force will begin to increase each time the moon roof is closed for the first three closing cycles with bounce back active For example Bounce back can be used to overcome the resistance of ice on the moon roof or seals To vent the moon roof Press and release the TILT control the moon roof will move to the vent position automatically from any moon roof position Press the switch again to stop the moon roof Pull and hold the TILT control to close
197. he upper hole on the engine oil level dipstick 4 Install the dipstick and ensure it is fully seated 5 Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise until three clicks can be heard 299 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications To avoid possible oil loss DO NOT operate the vehicle with the engine oil level dipstick and or the engine oil filler cap removed Engine Oil Recommendations 4 0L V6 Engine Look for this certification trademark Use SAE 5W 30 engine oil Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers To protect your engine and engine s warranty use Motorcraft SAE 5W 30 or an equivalent SAE 5W 30 oil meeting Ford specification WSS M2C929 A Refer to Maintenance product specifications amd capacities later in this section for more information Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Change your engine oil according to the appropriate schedule listed in the s
198. he driveshaft and universal joints to prevent overspray of any undercoating material AIR FILTER Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft part numbers in this chapter WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running Changing the air filter element e 4 0L Engine f e 4 6L Engine 95 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover 324 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the air filter housing 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 4 Wipe the air filter housing and cover clean to remove any dirt or debris and to ensure good sealing 5 Install a new air filter element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 6 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for
199. he system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the indicator will be unlit and stay unlit If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended e Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag e f the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat 152 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Pass Airbag Off Occupant En Passenger Airbag Empty seat Disabled Small child in child Lit Disabled safety seat or booster Small child with safety Lit Disabled belt buckled or unbuckled WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position After all occupants have adjusted their
200. hile various P 4 mp3 D files may be present files with L f mp3 extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension will be played Other files will be ignored y fi mps 3 by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety Ji mp 9 of tasks on your work computer 2 mp3 home computer and your in vehicle system PT 8 J2 mp3 7 y 3 doc E ppt L xls In track mode the system will display and play the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files will be played regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system will only play the mp3 files in the current folder Satellite radio information if equipped Satellite radio channels SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www sirius com in the United States www sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstruct
201. hin your vehicle s load limits e Thoroughly prepare your vehicle for towing Refer to Preparing to tow in this chapter e Use extra caution when driving while trailer towing Refer to Driving while you tow in this chapter e Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer Refer to the severe duty schedule in the scheduled maintenance information e Refer to the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications Do not exceed the maximum loads listed on the Safety Compliance Certification label For load specification terms found on the label refer to Vehicle loading with and without a trailer in this chapter when figuring the total weight of your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with a standard Class II integrated hitch and requires only a draw bar and ball with a 19 mm 8 4 inch shank diameter An optional Class III Class IV hitch is also available Note Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label WARNING Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury 210 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating Trailer Weight Rear axle ratio M
202. hould be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Coolant refill capacity To find out how much fluid your vehicle s cooling system can hold refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Fill your engine coolant reservoir as outlined in Adding engine coolant in this section Severe climates If you drive in extremely cold climates less than 34 F 36 C e It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 5096 e NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60 e Increased engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate freeze protection at the temperatures in which you drive in the winter months If you drive in extremely hot climates e It is still necessary to maintain the coolant concentration above 4096 e NEVER decrease the coolant concentration below 4096 e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damag
203. iagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See your SYNC supplement for more information Event Data Recording Other modules in your vehicle event data recorders are capable of collecting and storing data during a crash or near crash event The recorded information may assist in the investigation of such an event The modules may record information about both the vehicle and the occupants potentially including information such as e how various systems in your vehicle were operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction e how far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e how fast the vehicle was traveling e where the driver was positioning the steering wheel and e longitude and latitude of vehicle at last location using GPS technology and advanced vehicle
204. ich is available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product e Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim such as grained door handles roof racks bumpers side moldings mirror housings or the windshield cowl area The paint sealant will gray or stain the parts over time PAINT CHIPS Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products ALUMINUM WHEELS AND WHEEL COVERS Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clearcoat paint finish In order to maintain their shine e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A which is available from your authorized dealer Heavy dirt and brake dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Chemical strength cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat
205. icles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle If the transmission transfer case or front axle are submerged in water their fluids should be checked and changed if necessary Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant should be replaced After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly 247 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Driving on hilly or sloping terrain Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing t
206. ifferently than unloaded vehicles Extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle WARNING Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sport cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increase risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death 106 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security KEYS One key operates the door tailgate and tonneau cover locks and starts the vehicle Always carry a spare key with you in case of an emergency Your door and ignition keys are programmed to your vehicle using a non programmed key will not permit your vehicle to start If you lose your authorized dealer supplied keys replacement keys are available through your authorized dealer Refer to the SecuriLock9 passive anti theft system section later in this chapter for more information POWER DOOR LOCKS Press control to unlock or lock all doors Smart unlocking feature The smart unloc
207. ight buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the on position Belt Minder The Belt Minder feature is a supplemental warning to the safety belt warning function This feature provides additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light in the instrument cluster when the driver s and front passenger s safety belt is unbuckled The Belt Minder feature uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system Both the driver s and passenger s safety belt usages are monitored and either may activate the Belt Minder feature The warnings are the same for the driver and the front passenger If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for approximately five minutes for one occupant
208. iler wheels will clear curbs and other obstacles Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached 214 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e If you are driving down a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective e The trailer tongue weight should be 10 1596 of the loaded trailer weight e f you will be towing a trailer frequently in hot weather hilly conditions at GCWR or any combination of these factors consider refilling your rear axle with synthetic gear lube if not already so equipped Refer to the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for the lubricant specification Remember that regardless of the rear axle Iube used do not tow a trailer for the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of a new vehicle and that the first 500 miles 800 km of towing be done at no faster than 70 mph 113 km h with no full throttle starts After you have traveled 50 miles 80 km thoroughly check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts To aid in engine transmission cooling and A C efficiency during hot weather while stopped in traffic place the gearshift lever in P Park Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a grade If you must park on a grade place wheel chocks under the trailers wheels Launching or retrieving a boat Disconnect the wiring to
209. imately 33 feet 10 meters A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around the vehicle or e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle 112 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Your vehicle is equipped with a remote entry system which allows you to e unlock the vehicle doors without a key e lock all the vehicle doors without a key e activate the personal alarm If there are problems with the remote entry system make sure to take ALL remote entry transmitters with you to your authorized dealer in order to aid in troubleshooting the problem Two step door unlocking 1 Press and release to unlock the driver s door Note The interior lamps will illuminate refer to the Illuminated entry feature later in this section if the control on the overhead lamp is not set to the off position and the perimeter alarm system if equipped will deactivate 2 Press C2 and release again within three seconds to unlock the passenger doors The battery saver feature will turn off the interior lamps 10 minutes after the ignition is turned to the off position One step door unlocking If the one step door unlocking feature is activated press C2 and release once to unlock all of the doors Note The interior lamps will illuminate refer to the Illuminated entry feature later in this
210. ing brake 223 Loading instructions 209 Parts see Motorcraft parts 325 Locks Passenger Occupant autolock ssss 107 109 Classification Sensor 133 342 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Pedals see Power adjustable foot pedals uice repe 92 Power adjustable foot pedals 92 Power distribution box see FUSES associer 257 Power door locks 107 Power mirrors sss 90 Power point sssss 84 85 Power steering 230 fluid checking and adding 322 fluid refill capacity 326 fluid specifications 326 Power Windows sss 86 Preparing to drive your Vehicle icit esee 231 R Radio cave ees 37 41 48 Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for CRIAT nott mete etes 164 Relay Szene dede estos 254 Remote entry system 112 illuminated entry 116 locking unlocking COOLS restos 118 114 panic alari 1 trenes 114 replacing the batteries 114 Reverse sensing system 238 Roadside assistance 251 ROOL TACK ide oen 105 S Safety belts see Safety restraints 132 135 138 140 Index Safety Canopy 156 158 159 Safety defects reporting 283 Safety
211. ing mode and activate the vehicle sensitive mode 138 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING After any vehicle collision the combination lap and shoulder belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly in addition to other checks for proper safety belt system function WARNING BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in collisions Safety belt pretensioner Your vehicle is equipped with safety belt pretensioners at the driver and right front passenger seating positions The safety belt pretensioner tightens the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body at the start of the crash When the Safety Canopy system seat mounted side airbags and or the front airbags are activated the safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger seating positions will be activated when the respective seatbelt is properly buckled WARNING The driver and front passenger safety belt system including retractors buckle
212. ing your vehicle with a snowplow Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing Your vehicle is not equipped with a snowplowing package Using your vehicle as an ambulance Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance 6 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction Your vehicle is not equipped with the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package NOTICE TO OWNERS WITH 20 INCH WHEELS AND TIRES When equipped with 20 inch wheels and tires the vehicle is designed for on road use only and not off road use Note When first driving the vehicle after it has been parked for a period of time you may experience a temporary ride disturbance This is a characteristic of the tires and should be no reason for concern The condition should correct itself within 5 15 miles 8 25 km of driving If the disturbance persists have the tires serviced by an authorized dealer Correct tire pressure is important to payload and proper ride and handling attributes Check your vehicle s Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label for the proper tire pressure levels DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly d
213. ini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 261 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e Exceed 50 mph 80 km h e Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e Tow a trailer e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel do not e Exceed 70 mph 113 km h e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire wheel at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire wheel The u
214. ions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible 61 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in an audio mute Unlike AM FM audible static you will hear an audio mute when there is a satellite radio signal interference Your radio display may display NO SIGNAL to indicate the interference SIRIUS satellite radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming A service fee is required in order to receive SIRIUS service Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle e Use of online media player providing access to all SIRIUS music channels over the internet using any computer connected to the internet U S customers only For information on extended subscription terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note SIRIU
215. ions Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it 182 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 14 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAAB C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest
216. ious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly 128 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The heated seat control is located in the lower center of the instrument panel To operate the heated seats e Push control to activate NX e Push again to deactivate REAR SEATS If needed when installing some high back child restraints the head restraints of the second row seating positions can be removed Insert a thin pointed object such as a paper clip or pushpin into the hole of each head restraint guide and while lifting up remove the head restraint Store the head restraint in a secure location in the vehicle such as on the floor against the rear of the front seats To re install the head restraint line the posts up in the holes on the seat back with the head restraint strap facing the outside of the vehicle and push down until the head restraint locks into place Lift gently to ensure it is locked into place 129 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Refer to Safety seats for children later in this chapter WARNING If the head restraint has been removed from a seating position to accommodat
217. is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being turned off Press the RESET button to turn autounlock on or off PARK AID if equipped This feature sounds a warning tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper and functions only when R Reverse gear is selected Press the RESET button to turn the rear park assist on or off This function choice will also appear when putting the transmission in reverse and can be turned on off at that time 32 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster TRAILER SWAY This feature uses the electronic stability control to mitigate trailer sway Press the RESET button to turn trailer sway on or off COMPASS if equipped The compass heading is displayed as one of N NE E SE S SW W and NW in the message center display The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicle may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to RESET FOR ZONE SETTING PRESS RESET FOR CALIBRATION following Most geographic areas zones have a magnetic north compass point that vari
218. ive battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time This will minimize the discharge of your battery during storage Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners 302 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately W
219. juries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy The Safety Canopy system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon curtain with an inflator concealed behind the headliner and above the doors one on each side of the vehicle e A headliner that will flex to open above the side doors to allow Safety Canopy deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Two side crash sensors mounted at the front doors one on each side of the vehicle e Two side crash sensors located at the c pillar behind the rear doors one on each side of the vehicle e Roll over sensor in the restraints control module RCM 159 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The Safety Canopy system in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision or rollover event Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the second or third row seats if equipped The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window openings The Safety Canopy system is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral decel
220. k due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the engine ignition switch to the off position prior to refueling an error in the reading will result if the engine is left running e Use the same filling rate setting low medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling e Always use fuel with the recommended octane rating e Use a known quality gasoline preferably a national brand e Use the same side of the same pump and have the vehicle facing the same direction each time you fill up e Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time Your results will be most accurate if your filling method is consistent 316 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Calculating fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading in miles or kilometers 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added in gallons or liters 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Follow one of the simple calculations in order to determine fuel economy Calculation 1 Divide total miles traveled by total gallons used Calculation 2 Multiply
221. k of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below The tether anchors in your vehicle are located behind sliding covers marked with the tether anchor symbol shown with title The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown i The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere v other than the correct tether anchor 4 Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system you can attach the top tether strap Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For vehicles with adjustable head restraints route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 173 2010 07 Ex
222. king feature helps prevent you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in any ignition position the driver s door will automatically unlock if it is locked using the lock control on the driver s door panel while the driver s door is open Autolock The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all doors are closed e the ignition is in the on position e you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when e any door is opened then closed while the ignition is in the on position and the vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h 107 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Deactivating activating autolock Your vehicle comes with the autolock feature enabled There are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer or e Performing the power door lock control procedure or e Performing the keyless entry keypad if equipped procedure or e Performing the message center if equipped procedure Note The autolock feature can be activated deactivated independently of the autounlock feature Before following the activation or deactivation procedures make sure that the anti theft system is not armed ignition is in the 1 OFF LOCK position and a
223. l pressure falls below the quA normal range Check the oil level and add oil if needed Refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Engine coolant temperature Illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is high Stop the vehicle as soon as possible switch off the engine and let cool Refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter e Standard instrument cluster Eo anro ETE IE WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot e Optional instrument cluster 15 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Low tire pressure warning Illuminates when your tire pressure is low If the light remains on at start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked Refer to Inflating your tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter When the ignition is first turned to on the light will illuminate for three seconds to ensure the bulb is working If the light does not turn on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible For more information on this system refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels amd Loading chapter Speed control Illuminates when the speed control is activated Turns off when the speed control system is deactivated O D off Illuminates when the 0 D overdrive function of the transmission has been turne
224. laced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety Canopy system A6 WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying Safety Canopy Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The Safety Canopy could injure you as it deploys from the headliner WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the Safety Canopy system its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing a Safety Canopy Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 158 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS and Safety Canopy system is provided WARNING To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the inflatable Safety Canopy How does the Safety Canopy system work The design and development of the Safety Canopy system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of in
225. lades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers Windshield wiper rainlamp feature if equipped with Autolamp When the windshield wipers are turned on during daylight and the headlamp control is in the autolamp position the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay and will remain on until the wipers are turned off 81 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls TILT STEERING COLUMN Pull the lever down and release to unlock the steering column tilt lock With the lever in the down position tilt the steering column and wheel to its desired orientation Do not push or pull the lever while tilting the wheel Lift the lever back to its original position to lock the steering column WARNING Never adjust the steering column when the vehicle is moving ILLUMINATED VISOR MIRROR Lift the mirror cover to turn on the visor mirror lamps 82 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Slide on rod feature Rotate the visor towards the side window and extend it rearward for additional sunlight coverage Note To stow the visor back into the headliner visor must be retracted before moving it back towards the windshield OVERHEAD CONSOLE The appearance of your vehicle s overhead console will vary according to your option package Storage compartment Press the latch to
226. lamp indicator light below the D icon will illuminate when fog lamp is activated Push the headlamp control towards the instrument panel to deactivate the fog lamps Daytime running lamps DRL if equipped To activate DRL e the ignition must be in the on position and e the headlamp control is in the C or PE position e the transmission is not in P Park WARNING Always remember to turn on your headlamps at dusk or during inclement weather The Daytime Running Light DRL System does not activate your tail lamps and generally may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision High beams Push the lever toward the instrument panel to activate Pull the lever towards you to deactivate 72 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Flash to pass Pull the lever toward you to activate Release the lever to deactivate PANEL DIMMER CONTROL Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel when exterior X lights are on C e Rotate the thumbwheel from left to right to brighten the D instrument panel e Rotate the thumbwheel from right to left to dim the instrument panel Rotate fully to the right past detent to turn on interior lamps Rotate to the left position past detent to turn off the interior lamps and to disable the illuminated ent
227. lay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Moon roof Power down back window Door lock switch illumination Auto dimming rear view mirror 6 I3 Door unlock lock NENNEN VM Trailer tow stop turn lamps Ignition switch power Passive anti theft system PATS Cluster 2A 6 speed Transmission control module Powertrain control module Ignition RUN START ah Fuel pump relay 10 5A Front wiper RUN ACC relay in eT Poe tattoo box DS 12 5A Radio Trailer tow battery charge 0E ae oTa Trailer tow reverse lamps 17 10A Restraints control module Passenger occupancy 18 10A Roll Stability Control RSC switch RSC 4x4 module 4x4 switch Heated seat switches Reverse park aid 19 Not sed O 20 10A Climate control system Brake shift 3 wwe 256 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Amp Protected Circuits Rating Brake switch Stop lamps Turn lamps Interior lamps Puddle lamps Cargo lamp Battery saver Instrument illumination light Trailer tow park lamps License plate lamps Rear park lamps Front park lamps Manual climate control The following relays are located on either side of the passenger compartment fuse panel See your authorized dealer for service of these relays Fuse Relay Location Relay 1 Delayed accessory relay Power distribution box The power distribution b
228. ld and is compatible with and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 162 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Recommended NEN Child size height weight or age restraint type Infants or toddlers Small children Larger children Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or less generally age four or younger Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg and upward to 100 lbs 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt positioning booster seat generally children who are at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or greater than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by child restraint manufacturer Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or
229. le is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the braking system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK PARK AID if equipped Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the reverse sensing system park aid is disabled LOW TIRE PRESSURE Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR FAULT Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer 35 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be
230. lected folder Press FOLDER FOLDER gt to access the previous next folder if available Press OK to close and return to the main menu COMPRESS Compression Available only in CD MP3 mode Press MENU until COMPRESS ON OFF appears in the display Use V A SEEK SEEK P gt to toggle ON OFF When COMPRESS is ON the system will bring the soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level Press OK to close and return to the main menu ALL SEATS Occupancy mode Use A v to select and optimize sound for ALL SEATS DRIVERS SEAT or REAR SEATS Press OK to close and return to the main menu SINGLE PLAY DUAL PLAY if equipped If SINGLE PLAY is ON press A v for DUAL PLAY For further information on Single Play Dual Play please refer to the Family Entertainment DVD system later in this chapter 4 AUX Press repeatedly to cycle through FES DVD if equipped mw LINE IN auxiliary audio mode SYNC if equipped and SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 modes satellite radio if equipped For location and further information on auxiliary audio mode refer to Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 52 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems If your vehicle is equipped with a Family Entertainment System FES
231. ler installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 203 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Example only CARGO Cargo Weight including cargo 3 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL5 FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL SPARE T145 80D16 420 KPA 60 PSI INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XX XXXX XXXX TIRE AND LOAD INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS RELATIFS AUX PNEUS ET LA CHARGE SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL yy FRONT yy REAR x NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg La charge du v hicule occupants et bagages ne doit jamais d passer XXX Ibs size COLD TIRE PRESSURE GESE ONE LT225 75R
232. line level output Line level outputs are intended for connection to a home stereo and are not compatible with the AIJ The AIJ will only work correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control 2 Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio in your audio system as this will cause distortion and will reduce sound quality Many portable music players have different output levels so not all players should be set at the same levels Some players will sound best at full volume and others will need to be set at a lower volume 3 If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problems persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable music player 4 The portable music player must be controlled in the same manner when it is used with headphones as the AIJ does not provide control play pause etc over the attached portable music player 57 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 5 For safety reasons connecting or adjusting the settings on your portable music player should not be attempted while the vehicle is moving Also the portable music player should be stored in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion The audio extension cable must be long enough to allo
233. ll flash once every two seconds to indicate the SecuriLock system is functioning as a theft deterrent e When the ignition is in the on position the indicator will glow for three seconds to indicate normal system functionality If a problem occurs with the SecuriLock system the indicator will flash rapidly or glow steadily when the ignition is in the on position If this occurs turn the ignition off then back to on to make sure there was no electronic interference with the programmed key If the vehicle doesn t start try to start it with the 2nd programmed key and if successful contact your authorized dealership for key replacement If the indicator still flashes rapidly or glows steadily the vehicle will not start contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for service Automatic arming The vehicle is armed immediately after switching the ignition to the accessory position The theft indicator will flash every two seconds when the vehicle is armed Automatic disarming Switching the ignition to the on position with a coded key disarms the vehicle e The theft indicator will illuminate for three seconds and then go out e f the theft indicator stays on for an extended period of time or flashes rapidly contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 119 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Replacement keys If your keys are lost or stolen and
234. ll vehicle doors are closed Power door unlock lock procedure You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated you must wait 30 seconds Note All doors must be closed and remain closed throughout the configuration process 1 Turn the ignition to the on position 2 Press the power door unlock E A l control three times 3 Turn the ignition from the on to the off position 4 Press the power door unlock control three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the on position The horn will chirp 6 Press the unlock control then press the lock control The horn will chirp once if autolock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autolock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the off position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete 108 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Keyless entry keypad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the off position 2 Close all doors 3 Enter 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press the 7 e 8 5 Release the 7 e 8 6 Release the 3 e 4 The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled Message center procedure For information on activating deactivating
235. lorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Odometer Registers the total miles kilometers of the vehicle e Standard instrument cluster Nu WF 0 0 ni e Optional instrument cluster Refer to Message center in this chapter on how to switch the display from English to Metric NU Xr 0 8 Pl Trip odometer Registers the miles kilometers of individual journeys e Standard instrument cluster Press the SELECT RESET control RIP A once to switch from the odometer to JO0CGX m suec the TRIP A feature Press the EM Mee control again to select the TRIP B feature To reset the trip press and hold the control again until the trip reading is 0 0 miles TRIP A B under Message center in TRIP A this chapter XXX X mi Note Outside air temperature will NU JFF only be displayed in the instrument cluster message center on vehicles 0 0 mi with manual climate control e Optional instrument cluster see Tachometer Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine 19 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition is in the on position The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or o
236. manner This helps reduce the belt force acting on the user s chest WARNING BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the Belt and Retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in collisions Combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle 136 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e Front and rear seats 2 To unfasten push the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle e Front and rear seats All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts All of the passenger combination lap and shoulder belts have three types of locking modes described below Vehicle sensitive mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement o
237. mation in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult your authorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems such as two way radios telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use To avoid interference with other vehicle functions such as anti lock braking systems amateur radio users who install radios and antennas onto their vehicle should not locate the Amateur Radio Antennas in the area of the driver s side hood Electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability 395 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan FORD ESP EXTEND
238. medium object with safety belt buckled If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e Objects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console if equipped Objects hanging off the seat back Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket if equipped Objects placed on the occupant s lap Cargo interference with the seat Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat Check to see if the clear objects by pass seat warning is displaying in the message center Refer to Message center in the Driver controls chapter The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket if equipped or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Gf equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag Status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system 154 2
239. ments Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather place the air flow selector in the 7 position e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the air flow selector in OFF or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the rear seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out e If you are driving during extreme high ambient temperatures and idling for extended periods of time in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A C position adjust the blower fan speed to the lowest setting turn off the rear A C unit and put the vehicle s transmission into the P Park to continue to receive cool air from your A C system 69 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls For maximum cooling performance e Select and A C and recirculated air Use recirculated air with A C to provide a cooler airflow e Move the temperature control to the coolest setting To allow side window defogging and demisting while warming up the vehicle cabin 1 Select m 2 Select A C 3 Set the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest s
240. mergencies 5 Position the jack according to the illustrated guides and turn the jack handle clockwise until the tire is a maximum of 1 inch 25 mm off the ground t Co SY Lo Ka K KAN X N 7 WARNING To lessen the risk of personal injury do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while changing a tire Do not start the engine when your vehicle is on the jack The jack is only meant for changing the tire e Never use the front or rear differential as a jacking point 6 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 7 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts cone side in until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 8 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 267 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 9 Remove the jack and fully tighten 1 the lug nuts in the order shown Refer to Wheel lug nut torque specifications later in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque specification Stowing the flat spare tire Note Failure to follow spare tire stowage instructions may result in failure of cable or loss of spare tire 1 Lay the tire on the ground with the valve stem facing up toward the vehicle 2 Slide the wheel partially under the vehicle and install
241. mful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin and or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation 311 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container Refueling WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others e Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island e Turn off your engine when you are refueling e Do
242. n When your temporary spare tire is installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the TPMS system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel tire needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full functionality of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System have the damaged road wheel tire repaired and remounted on your vehicle For additional information refer to Changing tires with TPMS in this section 199 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading When you believe your system is not operating properly The main function of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended Please refer to the following chart for information concerning your Tire Pressure Monitoring System Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Solid Warning Light Tire s 1 Check your tire pressure to under inflated ensure tires are properly inflated refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the li
243. n a grade Refer to Felling the tank in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information The FUEL icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is located STANDARD MESSAGE CENTER IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle s message center allows you to configure personalize certain NU JFF vehicle options to suit your needs The message center is also capable 0 0 ni of monitoring many vehicle systems and will alert you to potential vehicle problems and various conditions with an informational message followed by a long indicator chime The message center display is located in the instrument cluster Selectable features information menu Press and release the SELECT RESET stem to scroll and NU WF reset the following functions Select i or reset the function by holding the oomi Mese SELECT RESET stem for more than two seconds TRIP A B Registers the distance of individual journeys Press the SELECT RESET stem once to switch from the odometer to the TRIP A feature Press the control again to select the TRIP B feature To reset the trip press and hold the stem until it resets Refer to UNITS later in this section to switch the display from Metric to English MILES km TO EMPTY This displays an estimate of approximately how far you can drive with the fuel remaining in your tank under normal driving conditions 20 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printi
244. n again or by turning off and restarting the engine If you switch off the AdvanceTrac with RSC system the sliding car icon n will illuminate steadily Pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC Off button again will turn off the sliding car icon n In R Reverse ABS and the Engine and Brake Traction Control features will continue to function however ESC and RSC are disabled AdvanceTrac with RSC Features Sliding functions n icon 1 start up Button pressed momentarily Illuminated Button pressed and held more than five seconds Flashes then solid 40 km h 40 km h 40 km h 40 km h Trailer Sway Control When properly equipped trailer sway control will use the vehicle s AdvanceTrac with RSC9 system to detect and help reduce trailer sway by applying brake force at individual wheels and if necessary by reducing engine power Trailer sway control is only enabled above 40 mph 64 km h WARNING Trailer sway control does not prevent a trailer from swaying it mitigates the sway from increasing once it has occurred If you are experiencing trailer sway it is likely that the trailer is improperly loaded for the correct tongue weight or the speed of the vehicle and trailer is too high Pull the vehicle trailer over to a safe location to check the trailer weight distribution and tongue load and reduce speed to a safe level while towing If trailer sway is experienced SLOW DOWN 229
245. n and shift quality When the vehicle s battery has been disconnected for any type of service or repair the transmission will need to relearn the normal shift strategy parameters much like having to reset your radio stations when your vehicle battery has been disconnected The Adaptive Transmission Control Strategy allows the transmission to relearn these operating parameters This learning process could take several transmission upshifts and downshifts during this learning process slightly firmer shifts may occur After this learning process normal shift feel and shift scheduling will resume P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Start the engine e Press the brake pedal e Press the gearshift release button on the front of the lever and move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse 233 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Dri
246. n switch to the on position DO NOT START THE ENGINE 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off Approximately one minute e Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off 3 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt nine times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off e After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will be turned on for three seconds 4 Within approximately seven seconds of the light turning off buckle then unbuckle the safety belt e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash four times per second for three seconds e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash four times per second for three seconds followed by three seconds with the light off then followed by the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds again 146 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints AIRBAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS IT i i H Important SRS prec
247. n the severity of the impact This allows your Personal Safety System to distinguish between different levels of crash severity and modify the deployment strategy of the dual stage airbags and safety belt pretensioners Driver s seat position sensor The driver s seat position sensor allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the deployment level of the driver dual stage airbag based on seat position The system is designed to help protect smaller drivers sitting close to the driver airbag by providing a lower airbag output level Front passenger sensing system For airbags to do their job they must inflate with great force and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk to occupants that are very close to the airbag when it begins to inflate For some occupants this occurs because they are initially sitting very close to the airbag For other occupants this occurs when the occupant is not properly restrained by safety belts or child safety seats and they move forward during pre crash braking The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary injuries is to make sure all occupants are properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are much safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front WARNING Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move
248. nd C pillar trim must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the Safety Canopy is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light as for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision or rollover event SOS Post Crash Alert System The SOS Post Crash Alert automatically flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn three times at four second intervals in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners The SOS Post Crash Alert can be turned off when any one of the following actions are taken by the driver or any other person e pressing the
249. necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 279 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined on the first page of the Customer Assistance section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation and your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing You are not bound by the decision but should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford must abide by the accepted decision as well Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE pr
250. nel vents and the floor vents 10 A Distributes air through the instrument panel vents 11 OFF Outside air is shut out and o the fan will not operate 12 AUTO Press to turn on full automatic operation and select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system will automatically determine fan speed air flow location A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 13 Manual override controls IE INS IS ww Allows you to manually determine where airflow is directed To return to fully automatic control press AUTO 68 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls control Press to increase or decrease the temperature on the driver side of the cabin This control also sets the passenger side temperature when DUAL is disengaged Recommended initial settings are 72 F 22 C to 75 F 24 C and then adjust for comfort 15 Fan Speed Manually increases p 14 Driver s side temperature f or decreases the fan speed 16 EXT Displays the outside air ra temperature Press again to display cabin temperature settings Exterior readings are more accurate when the vehicle is moving 17 Temperature conversion pu Press to toggle between Fahrenheit and Celsius temperature on the DATC display only The set point temperatures in Celsius will be displayed in half degree incre
251. nents All other things held equal a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase 181 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Narrower to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces particularly in off road use As a result of the above dimensional differences SUV s and trucks often will have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition These differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulat
252. ng 216 Wrecker towing ssse 275 344 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus
253. ng light in the Imstrument Cluster chapter for information on the brake system warning light BRAKE Four wheel anti lock brake system ABS Your vehicle is equipped with an Anti lock Braking System ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking Noise from the ABS pump motor and 222 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving brake pedal pulsation may be observed during ABS braking and the brake pedal may suddenly travel a little farther as soon as ABS braking is done and normal brake operation resumes These are normal characteristics of the ABS and should be no reason for concern Using ABS When hard braking is required apply continuous force on the brake pedal do not pump the brake pedal since this will reduce the effectiveness of the ABS and will increase your vehicle s stopping distance The ABS will be activated immediately allowing you to retain steering control during hard braking and on slippery surfaces However the ABS does not decrease stopping distance ABS warning lamp The ABS lamp in the instrument cluster momentarily illuminates when the ignition is turned on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the ABS may be disabled and may need to be serviced Even when the ABS is disabled normal braking is still effective If your BRAKE warning lamp illumina
254. ng USA fus Instrument Cluster Remember to turn the ignition off when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel The DTE function will display FUEL LEVEL LOW and sound a tone for one second when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty If you reset this warning message this display and tone will return within 10 minutes DTE is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is reinitialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected AVERAGE FUEL XX X MPG L 100km Average fuel economy displays your average fuel economy in miles gallon or liters 100 km If you calculate your average fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons of fuel used liters of fuel used by 100 kilometers traveled your figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is impor
255. ng the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps towards this aim Information in this respect is highlighted in this guide with the tree symbol CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Certain components of this vehicle such as airbag modules seat belt pretensioners and button cell batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BREAKING IN YOUR VEHICLE Your vehicle does not need an extensive break in Try not to drive continuously at the same speed for the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of new vehicle operation Vary your speed frequently in order to give the moving parts a chance to break in Drive your new vehicle at least 1 000 miles 1 600 km before towing a trailer For more detailed information about towing a trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter 2010 07 Explorer
256. nneau cover reverse the removal procedure Interior tonneau cover release Your vehicle is equipped with a mechanical interior tonneau cover release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the pickup box Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle To open the tonneau cover from the inside pull the T shaped handle and push up on the tonneau cover panel The handle is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light The T shaped handle is located on the tonneau cover panel WARNING Keep vehicle doors and tonneau cover locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the box and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles 103 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or animals unattended in the vehicle On hot days the temperature in the pickup box can rise very quickly Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including brain damage Small children are particularly at risk CARGO AREA FEATURES Cargo management system WARNING Vehicles equipped with a ca
257. nsmission does not have an underhood transmission fluid dipstick Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Transmission fluid should be checked and if required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components TRANSFER CASE FLUID IF EQUIPPED 1 Clean the filler plug 2 Remove the filler plug and inspect the fluid level LA EVO 3 Add only enough fluid through the filler opening so that the fluid level is at the bottom of the opening Use only fluid that meets Ford specifications Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter 323 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications DRIVELINE UNIVERSAL JOINT AND SLIP YOKE If the original universal joints are replaced with universal joints equipped with grease fittings lubrication will be necessary Note Your vehicle s driveshaft is balanced If undercoating the vehicle protect t
258. nt For vehicles with overflow coolant systems with a non pressurized cap on the coolant recovery system add coolant to the coolant recovery reservoir when the engine is cool Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the FULL COLD level For all other vehicles which have a coolant degas system with a pressurized cap or if it is necessary to remove the coolant pressure relief cap on the radiator of a vehicle with an overflow system follow these steps to add engine coolant 306 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the cooling system by following these steps 1 Before you begin turn the engine off and let it cool 2 When the engine is cool wrap a thick cloth around the coolant pressure relief cap on the coolant reservoir a translucent plastic bottle Slowly turn cap counterclockwise left until pressure begins to release 3 Step back while the pressure releases 4 When you are sure that all the pressure has been released use the cloth to turn it counterclockwise and remove the cap 5 Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with the proper coolant mixture
259. nu TREB Treble Press MENU to reach the treble setting Use V to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu BAL Balance Press MENU to reach the balance setting Use A v to adjust the audio between the left L and right R speakers Press OK to close and return to the main menu FADE Press MENU to reach the fade setting Use A v to adjust the audio between the back B and front F speakers Press OK to close and return to the main menu SPEED VOL Speed sensitive volume if equipped Press MENU to reach the SPEEDVOL setting Radio volume automatically gets louder with increasing vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Use A v to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu 51 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems The default setting is off increasing your vehicle speed will not change the volume level Adjust 1 7 Increasing this setting from 1 lowest setting to 7 highest setting allows the radio volume to automatically change slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Recommended level is 1 3 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting TRACK FOLDER MODE Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode In track mode press SEEK SEEK B gt to scroll through all tracks on the disc In folder mode press d SEEK SEEK gt to scroll through tracks within the se
260. o the desired channel then press and hold a preset control until sound returns Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 13 TEXT SCAN In radio and E CD MP3 mode press and hold for brief sampling of radio stations or CD tracks Press again to stop In MP3 mode press and release to display track title artist name and disc title In satellite radio mode if equipped press and release to enter TEXT MODE and display the current song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the current song title artist channel category and the SIRIUS long channel name m 54 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Press and hold to hear a brief sampling of the next channels Press again to stop In CATEGORY MODE press SCAN to hear a brief sampling of the channels in the selected category Press again to stop Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability In TEXT MODE sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the gt indicator is active press SEEK to view the additional display text When the lt indicator is active press i SEEK to view the previous display text 14 AM FM Press to select AM FM1 FM2 frequency band 15 ON OFF Volume Press to tu
261. od e exact fuel amounts 251 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies e towing of your disabled vehicle e emergency travel expense reimbursement e travel planning benefits In Canada for uninterrupted Roadside Assistance coverage you may purchase extended coverage prior to your Basic Warranty s Roadside Assistance expiring For more information and enrollment contact 1 877 294 2582 or visit our website at www ford ca Using roadside assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In the United States this card is found in the Owner Guide portfolio in the glove compartment In Canada the card is found in the Customer Information Guide in the glove compartment U S Ford Mercury and Lincoln vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford Mercury and Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Canadian customers who need to obtain reimbursement information call 1 800 665 2006 HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL The hazard flasher is located
262. ogram are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 280 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related
263. old inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load radial tubeless etc 194 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Additional information contained on the tire sidewall for LT type tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 1 LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for service on light trucks 2 Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits 3 Maximum Load Dual Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle 4 Maximum Load Single Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 195 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on T type tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P t
264. olume Press to turn ON OFF Turn to increase decrease volume Note If the volume is set above a VOL PUSH certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on 47 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 16 CD Press to enter CD MP3 Ne mode If a CD MP3 is already loaded into the system CD MP3 play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display 17 4 CD eject Press to eject a 4 CD 18 CD slot Insert a CD label side I up in the CD slot Premium AM FM in dash six CD MP3 satellite compatible sound system if equipped 9 ao ff Ne i rales AM in yy 3 FM AUX 14 VOL PUSH TEXT SEEK SCAN SEEK ir FOLDER FOLDER SHUFFLE I OK WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so 48 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems
265. on system refer to Auxiliary input jack section in the Audio features chapter of your Navigation system supplement lt Q t 56 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Required equipment 1 Any portable music player designed to be used with headphones 2 An audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 in 8 5 mm connectors at each end To play your portable music player using the auxiliary input jack 1 Begin with the vehicle parked and the radio turned off 2 Ensure that the battery in your portable music player is new or fully charged and that the device is turned off 3 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end of the audio extension cable to the AIJ in your vehicle 4 Turn the radio on using either a tuned FM station or a CD loaded into the system Adjust the volume to a comfortable listening level 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 1 2 the volume 6 Press AUX on the vehicle radio repeatedly until LINE LINE IN or SYNC LINE IN appears in the display You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls Troubleshooting 1 Do not connect the audio input jack to a
266. onnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 3 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 4 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 5 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off 270 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Connecting the jumper cables 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 271 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to the ground stud located toward the front of the vehicle forward of the battery on the radiator support Keep the negative cable away from the b
267. onnection can cause the cord to become very hot and may result in an electrical shock or fire Be sure to check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately a half hour e Finally have the engine block heater system checked during your fall tune up to be sure it s in good working order How to use the engine block heater Ensure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use To clean them use a dry cloth Depending on the type of factory installed equipment your engine block heater will use 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use Your factory installed block heater system does not have a thermostat however maximum temperature is attained after approximately three hours of operation Block heater operation longer than three hours will not improve system performance and will unnecessarily use additional electricity Make sure system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving the vehicle While not in use make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the engine block heater cord plug BRAKES Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized dealer Refer to Brake system warni
268. oor lock control on the door panel two times within five seconds The horn will chirp once if trim switch inhibit was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if trim switch inhibit was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the off position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete 111 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security CHILDPROOF DOOR LOCKS e When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside e The rear doors can be opened from the outside when the doors are unlocked The childproof locks are located on rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Setting the lock for one door will not automatically set the lock for both doors e Move lock control up to engage the childproof lock e Move control down to disengage childproof locks REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The typical operating range for your remote entry transmitter is approx
269. or in the instrument cluster will briefly illuminate when you first start your vehicle For instructions on selecting the AWD LOCKED mode refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter This mode is not intended for use on dry pavement This mode is appropriate for severe winter or off road conditions such as deep snow ice or shallow sand The use of AWD LOCKED on dry or hard surfaces may produce some noise such as occasional clunks but will not damage the drive system Autolock operation If the AWD system begins to overheat the system will place itself in the Autolock mode e AWD LOCKED will be displayed in the message center for four seconds and the 4x4 indicator light will illuminate in the instrument cluster A warning chime will also sound This condition may clear without any action being taken by the driver once the AWD system has reached a safe operating temperature e The 4X4 indicator light in the instrument cluster will turn off when the AWD system reaches a safe operating temperature and normal AWD operation is restored Driving off road with truck and utility vehicles AWD and 4WD vehicles are specially equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough terrain and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the road 242 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving How your vehicle differs from othe
270. osition and the driver s door is opened Headlamps on warning chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Turn signal warning chime Sounds when the turn signal lever has been activated to signal a turn and not turned off after the vehicle is driven more than 2 miles 3 2 km High beams Illuminates when the high beam headlamps are turned on Parking brake on warning chime Sounds when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h Message center activation chime Sounds when the following warnings DOOR AJAR LOW FUEL LEVEL or LOW TIRE PRESSURE appear in the message center display for the first time 17 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster GAUGES Speedometer Indicates the current vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the needle will be in the normal range between H and C If it enters the red section the engine is overheating refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 18 2010 07 Exp
271. ositioning booster seats backless and high back Always use booster seats in conjunction with the vehicle lap shoulder belt e Backless booster seats En If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this d case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 177 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The drawings below compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings below also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips If the booster seat slide
272. ough load capacity 208 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 Ib No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 Ib 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label found on the edge of the driver s door Special loading instructions for owners of pickup trucks and utility type vehicles WARNING For important information regarding safe operation of this type of vehicle see the Preparing to drive your vehicle section in the Driving chapter of this owner s guide WARNING Loaded vehicles may handle differently
273. our vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important ventilating information If the engine is idling while the vehicle is stopped for a long period of time open the windows at least one inch 2 5 cm or adjust the heating or air conditioning to bring in fresh air 220 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED An engine block heater warms the engine coolant which aids in starting and allows the heater defroster system to respond quickly If your vehicle is equipped with this system your equipment includes a heater element which is installed in your engine block and a wire harness which allows the user to connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source The block heater system is most effective when outdoor temperatures reach below 0 F 18 C WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or physical injury WARNING To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters Prior to using the engine block heater follow these recommendations for proper and safe operation e For your safety use an outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA Use only an extension cord that
274. ox is located in the engine compartment The power distribution box contains high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the Power Distribution Box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected refer to the Battery section of the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 257 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies CJ Ced ce HAE SERRE Sec BR Sel Ce The high current fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits ern eel a 1 50A Battery feed 2 passenger OOS p ee 17 O 2 50A Battery feed 3 passenger en ae ee 50A Battery feed 1 passenger o8 he ee LL Lee fuel pump Fuel injectors Ee MMENEMEMEMZZ 8 a anton brake system ABS pup 8 d Netued 9 Noted 9 Starter Starter i2 iNet sed SS 258 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Circuits i Netused i Netused 20 24 10A PCM keep alive power Canister NENNEN UM midi idi lighter 20A 4x4 module All wheel d
275. p Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Starting the engine 1 Turn the key to 3 on without turning the key to 4 start If there 3 is difficulty in turning the key rotate the steering wheel until the 2 key turns freely This condition may 4 occur when e the front wheels are turned e a front wheel is against the curb GY 2 Turn the key to 4 start then release the key as soon as the engine begins cranking Your vehicle has a computer assisted cranking system that assists in starting the engine After releasing the key from the 4 start position the engine may continue cranking for up to 10 seconds or until the vehicle starts Note Cranking may be stopped at any time by turning the key to the off position 3 After idling for a few seconds release the parking brake apply the brake shift into gear and drive Note If the engine does not start on the first try turn the key to the off position wait 10 seconds and try Step 2 again If the engine still fails to start press the accelerator to the floor and try Step 2 again keeping the accelerator on the floor until the engine begins to accelerate above cranking speeds this will allow the engine to crank with the fuel shut off in case the engine is flooded with fuel Guarding against exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside y
276. p align the cap properly and reinstall it The check fuel cap light R or check fuel cap message may not reset immediately it may take several driving cycles for the check fuel cap light amp or check fuel cap message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city and highway driving Continuing to drive with the check fuel cap light R or check fuel cap message on may cause the service engine soon X Y light to turn on as well If you must replace the fuel filler cap replace it with a fuel filler cap that is designed for your vehicle The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford Motorcraft or other certified fuel filler cap is not used WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure Remove fuel filler cap slowly Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others 313 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision which may result in personal injury bp Choosing the right fuel Use only UNLEADED fuel or UNLEADED fuel blended with a maximum of 1096 ethanol Do not use fuel ethanol E85 diesel methanol leaded fuel or any other fuel
277. p keep passengers and pets out of the pickup box area when vehicle is running to prevent exhaust fumes from being drawn into the vehicle Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide which can injure your lungs and cause drowsiness and even death The cargo management system consists of a storage compartment located in the floor of the pickup box The storage compartment has been designed to be a water resistant system A small amount of water may drain into the storage compartment with the lid closed 1 To open turn latch counterclockwise to unlock and lift the lid 2 To close lower the lid and turn latch clockwise to lock 104 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Pickup box storage compartment The storage compartments are located inside the pickup box behind the wheel wells The storage compartments have been designed to be a water resistant system A small amount of water may drain into the storage compartments with the lid closed 1 Turn latch counterclockwise to unlock and open the storage compartment 2 To close lower the lid and turn latch clockwise to lock Interior tiedown hooks Mounted inside the pickup box each tiedown hook can secure loads up to 200 Ib 91 kg Total pickup box cargo weight is not to exceed overall vehicle payload refer to Vehicle loading in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter LUGGAGE RACK IF EQU
278. peatedly until RBDS ON OFF appears in the display Use V SEEK P to toggle RBDS ON OFF When RBDS is OFF you will not be able to search for RBDS equipped stations or view the station name or type Press OK to close and return to the main menu To search for specific RBDS music categories When the desired category appears in the display press A v to find the desired type then press and release lt SEEK SEEK or press and hold SCAN to begin the search To view the station name or type When the desired category appears in the display press TEXT SCAN to toggle between displaying the station type COUNTRY ROCK etc or the station name WYCD WXYT etc BASS Press MENU to reach the bass setting Use A v to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu TREB Treble Press MENU to reach the treble setting Use A v to adjust Press OK to close and return to the main menu Press OK to close and return to the main menu BAL Balance Press MENU to reach the balance setting Use A v to adjust the audio between the left L and right R speakers Press OK to close and return to the main menu FADE Press MENU to reach the fade setting Use A v to adjust the audio between the back B and front F speakers Press OK to close and return to the main menu SPEED VOL Speed sensitive volume if equipped Press MENU to reach the SPEEDVOL setting Radio volume automatically gets louder with increasing vehicl
279. plain surface 1 at this height masking tape works well 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps The brightest part of the light should be below the horizontal line 4 If it is above the line the headlamp will need to be adjusted XT CXNOCX XS WBA 4 Open the hood BG ASG S89 CORO REO SEK 5 Locate the vertical adjuster for each headlamp Adjust the aim by turning the adjuster control either clockwise to adjust down or counterclockwise to adjust up Note Use a 4 mm socket or box wrench to turn the vertical adjuster control 6 Horizontal aiming is not required for this vehicle and is non adjustable 74 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus TURN SIGNAL CONTROL lt gt e Push down to activate the left turn signal e Push up to activate the right turn signal INTERIOR LAMPS Map lamps The front map lamps are located in the overhead console Press the controls on either side of each map lamp to activate the lamps Cargo reading lamps The dome portion of the lamp or the center light can be turned on when the panel dimmer control is rotated past the detent or when a T door is opened The rear dome lamp can be turned on or off by sliding the control C qum BULB REPLACEMENT Lamp assembly condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can b
280. please refer to the Family Entertainment DVD system later in this chapter If your vehicle is equipped with the SYNC please refer to the SYNC supplement for further information 5 SEEK In radio and CD MP3 mode press to access the previous see um lt or next gt strong station 7 or track In satellite radio mode if equipped press 4 SEEK to seek to the previous next channel If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc press i SEEK SEEK B gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold lt q SEEK SEEK gt to fast seek through the previous next channels In TEXT MODE press E SEEK SEEK B gt to view the previous additional display text In CATEGORY MODE press A SEEK Pe to select a category Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 6 9 IL Play Pause This 19 control is operational in CD and DVD mode if equipped When a CD or DVD is playing in the FES system press this control to play or pause the current CD DVD The CD DVD status will display in the radio display OK Your vehicle may be equipped with special phone and media features which will require you to confirm commands by pressing OK For further information refer to the SYNC supplement If your vehicle is equipped with a Family Entertainment System FES please refer to the Family Entertainment DVD s
281. plorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected rear seating position e You may need to pull the seatback forward to access the tether anchors Make sure the seat is locked in the upright position before installing the child seat Refer to Folding Down The Rear Seats in this chapter for information on how to operate the rear seats 3 Slide open the tether anchor cover ills 174 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 4 Clip the tether strap to the anchor and return the seat back to its locked position If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a collision 5 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions To unhook the tether strap unfasten the safety belts securing the child seat and put some slack into the tether strap Tip the seat back forward enough so that you can reach behind the seat and unhook the tether hook If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use Child booster seats The bel
282. positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position 124 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash head restraints must be installed properly Adjusting the front manual seat if equipped A WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips Lift handle to move seat forward or backward Pull lever up to adjust seatback WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision 125 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Using the manual lumbar support if equipped For more lumbar support turn the A lumbar support control toward the front of vehicle For less lumbar support turn the l lumbar support control toward the rear of vehicle gt Adjusting the front power seat if e
283. procedure over again 7 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that this remote entry transmitter has been programmed 8 Repeat Step 6 to program each additional remote entry transmitter 9 Turn the ignition to the 1 off position after you have finished programming all of the remote entry transmitters 10 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that the programming mode has been exited Illuminated entry The interior lamps illuminate when the remote entry system is used to unlock the door s or sound the personal alarm The illuminated entry system will turn off the interior lights if e the ignition is turned to the accessory or on position or e the remote transmitter lock control is pressed or e after 25 seconds of illumination The dome lamp control if equipped must not be set to the off position for the illuminated entry system to operate The inside lights will not turn off if e they have been turned on with the dimmer control or e any door is open The battery saver will shut off the interior lamps 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned to the off position 116 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED You can use the keyless entry keypad to e lock or unlock the doors without using a key e activate or deactivate the autolock feature The keypad can be operated
284. quipped A WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to avoid injuring people in a collision or sudden stop fh WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor 126 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not hang objects off seat back or stow objects in the seatback map pocket if equipped when a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console if equipped Check the passenger airbag Off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Refer to Front passenger sensing system section for additional details Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat
285. r Anchor Brake System Parking Brake System Parking Aid System Speed Control Hazard Warning Flasher Fuse Compartment Windshield Wash Wipe Rear Window Defrost Demist E o e OQ Q ddp DFO ILS 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction Vehicle Symbol Glossary PURSE WONS m Power Window Lockout BAY Front Rear Child Safety Door Interior Luggage Lock Unlock Compartment Release Panic Alarm gt Engine Oil SA Engine Coolant Temperature Ej yr Engine Coolant X Do Not Open When Hot Battery Avoid Smoking Flames or Sparks Battery Acid Explosive Gas Fan Warning Power Steering Fluid Maintain Correct Fluid CR 8 e LH Level Service Engine Soon Engine Air Filter icy d Compartment e e Jack o Check Fuel Cap E LE ings 1 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 11 Instrument Cluster WARNING LIGHTS AND CHIMES Standard instrument cluster Seas 98 O SELECT RESET Warning lights and gauges can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause expensive repairs A warning light may illuminate when a problem exists with one of your vehicle s functions Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure the bulb works If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer to the respective sy
286. r a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 184 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns WARNING Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the ti
287. r confirmation Press OK again and the display will read SONG DELETED If you do not want to delete the currently listed song press A v to select either RETURN or CANCEL Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS e DELETE ALL SONGS Press OK to delete all songs from the system s memory The display will read ARE YOU SURE Press OK to confirm deletion of all saved songs and the display will read ALL DELETED Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS e ENABLE ALERTS DISABLE ALERTS Press OK to enable disable the satellite alert status which alerts you when your selected songs are playing on a satellite radio channel The system default is disabled SONG ALERTS ENABLED DISABLED will appear in the display The menu listing will display the opposite state For example if you have chosen to enable the song alerts the menu listing will read DISABLE as the alerts are currently on so your other option is to turn them off Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability Setting the clock Press MENU until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES is displayed Use A v to manually increase decrease Press MENU again to disengage clock mode Press OK to close and return to the main menu 50 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems AUTOS
288. r is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly 197 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading The Tire Pressure Monitoring System complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING The Tire Pressure Monitoring System is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating
289. r tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear HI indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn TN down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm N 268 When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended 187 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure etc the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate
290. r transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon tC Y indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon C indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway highway followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated 321 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications POWER STEE
291. r vehicles Truck and utility vehicles can differ from some other vehicles Your vehicle may be higher to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components The differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car Maintain steering wheel control at all times especially in rough terrain Since sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel motion make sure you grip the steering wheel from the outside Do not grip the spokes Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage from concealed objects such as rocks and stumps You should either know the terrain or examine maps of the area before driving Map out your route before driving in the area To maintain steering and braking control of your vehicle you must have all four wheels on the ground and they must be rolling not sliding or spinning Basic operating principles e Do not use AWD High or 4WD Low on dry hard surfaced roads Doing so will produce excessive noise increase tire wear reduce fuel economy and may damage drive components 4WD modes are only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces e Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement
292. raction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turn around because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control When you brake hard the front wheels can t turn and if they aren t turning you won t be able to steer The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Rapid pumping of the brake pedal will help you slow the vehicle and still maintain steering control If your vehicle has anti lock brakes apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the br
293. raffic is light Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in single vehicle crashes many when no other vehicles are around Belts wrinkle my clothes Possibly but a serious crash can do much more than wrinkle your clothes particularly if you are unbelted The people I m with don t Set the example teen deaths occur 4 wear belts times more often in vehicles with TWO or MORE people Children and younger brothers sisters imitate behavior they see 144 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Reasons given Consider T have an airbag Airbags offer greater protection when used with safety belts Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear and side crashes or rollovers Td rather be thrown clear Not a good idea People who are ejected are 40 times more likely to DIE Safety belts help prevent ejection WE CAN T PICK OUR CRASH WARNING Do not sit on top of a buckled safety belt or insert a latchplate into the buckle to avoid the Belt Minder chime To do so may adversely affect the performance of the vehicle s airbag system One time disable If at any time the driver front passenger quickly buckles then unbuckles the safety belt for that seating position the Belt Minder is disabled for the current ignition cycle The Belt Minder feature will enable during the same ignition cycle if the occupant buckles and remains buckled for
294. re It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door 185 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of
295. re playing on a satellite radio channel The system default is disabled SONG ALERTS ENABLED DISABLED will appear in the display The menu listing will display the opposite state For example if you have chosen to enable the song alerts the menu listing will read DISABLE as the alerts are currently on so your other option is to turn them off Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability Setting the clock Press MENU until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES is displayed Use A v to manually increase decrease Press MENU again to disengage clock mode Press OK to close and return to the main menu AUTOSET Press MENU until the display reads AUTOSET Autoset allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FMI FM2 Use A v to turn on off When the six strongest stations are filled the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are less than six strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets Press OK to close and return to the main menu RBDS Available only in FM mode This feature allows you to search RBDS equipped stations for a certain category of music format CLASSIC COUNTRY INFORM JAZZ RB ROCK etc 43 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems To activate press MENU re
296. red e O D OFF lamp is illuminated 0 D e To return to O D overdrive OFF mode press the transmission control switch The O D OFF lamp will not be illuminated e O D Overdrive is automatically returned each time the key is turned off 3 Third Transmission operates in third gear only Used for improved traction on slippery roads Selecting 3 Third provides engine braking 2 Second Transmission operates in 2nd gear only Use 2 Second to start up on slippery roads or to provide additional engine braking on downgrades 1 First e Transmission operates in 1st gear only e Provides maximum engine braking 237 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving e Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever e Will not downshift into 1 First at high speeds allows for 1 First when vehicle reaches slower speeds Forced downshifts e Allowed in D Drive only e Press the accelerator to the floor e Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to
297. refer to the Navigation System supplement SYNC system hands free control feature if equipped Press VOICE briefly until the voice t icon appears on the display to use the voice command feature You will hear a tone and LISTENING will appear in the radio display Press and hold VOICE to exit voice command Press to activate phone mode or answer a phone call Press and hold to end call or exit phone mode Press d PP to scroll through various menus and selections Press OK to confirm your selection 96 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls For further information on the SYNC system refer to the SYNC supplement Navigation system SYNC hands free control features if equipped Press VOICE briefly until the voice t icon appears on the Navigation display to use the voice command feature Press to activate phone mode or answer a phone call Press and hold to exit phone mode or end call For further information on the Navigation system SYNC system refer to the Navigation System and SYNC supplements MOON ROOF IF EQUIPPED The moon roof control is located on the overhead console WARNING Do not let children play with the moon roof or leave children unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves WARNING When closing the moon roof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure t
298. ren cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat 166 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Installing child safety seats with combination lap and shoulder belts If needed when installing some high back child restraints the head restraints of the second row seating positions can be removed Insert a thin pointed object such as a paper clip or pushpin into the hole of each head restraint guide and while lifting up remove the head restraint Store the head restraint in a secure location in the vehicle such as on the floor against the rear of the front seats To re install the head restraint line the posts up in the holes on the seat back with the head restraint strap facing the outside of the vehicle and push down until the head restraint locks into place Lift gently to ensure it is locked into place WARNING If the head restraint has been removed from a seating position to accommodate a high back child restraint the head restraint must be re installed prior to use of the seat by any other occupant in order to reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seated and
299. repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated you must wait 30 seconds Note All doors must be closed and remain closed throughout the configuration process 1 Turn the ignition to the on position 2 Press the power door unlock control three times B 3 Turn the ignition from the on to the off position 4 Press the power door unlock control three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the on position The horn will chirp 6 Press the lock control then press the unlock control The horn will chirp once if autounlock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autounlock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the off position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Keyless entry keypad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the off position 2 Close all doors 3 Enter 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press the 7 e 8 twice 5 Release the 7 e 8 6 Release the 3 e 4 The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled Message center procedure For information on activating deactivating the autounlock feature using the vehicle s message center if equipped refer to Message center information in the Instrument cluster chapter 110 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Sec
300. ribe to the channel or tune to another channel NO TEXT Artist information Artist information not not available available at this time on this channel The system is working properly NO TEXT Song title Song title information not information not available at this time on available this channel The system is working properly 63 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Category Category information not information not available at this time on available this channel The system is working properly NO SIGNAL Loss of signal from You are in a location that the SIRIUS satellite is blocking the SIRIUS or SIRIUS tower to signal i e tunnel under the vehicle antenna an overpass dense foliage etc The system is working properly When you move into an open area the signal should return UPDATING Update of channel No action required The programming in process may take up to progress three minutes CALL SIRIUS Satellite service has Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 been deactivated by 1 888 539 7474 to SIRIUS Satellite re activate or resolve Radio subscription issues NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a navigation system Refer to the Navigation System supplement for further information SYNC IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with SYNC a hands free communications and entertainment system with spe
301. rive AWD NAME CI 20A 6 speed transmission control Console bin power point 38 5 speed transmission 4 0L engine only 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Location Rating 40 15A Fan clutch Positive crackcase ventilation PCV valve A C clutch relay Satellite radio module SYNC 42 15A Speed control deactivation switch Electronic vapor management valve Mass air flow sensor Heated exhaust gas oxygen HEGO sensor EVR CMS Variable cam timing VCT 1 VCT2 CMCV on 4 6L only 43 15A Coil on plug 4 6L engine Coil OS e mdme o 4B gt Notus O 45A o Noted 40B Notused o a TC Noted 49 Fudpumpreay O 5B ACcutchreay 50A Foglampsreay 51 Noted 52 i Noted 53 One touch integrated start OTIS diode 54 Plralertow battery charge relay 260 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies CHANGING THE TIRES If you get a flat tire while driving e do not brake heavily e gradually decrease the vehicle s speed e hold the steering wheel firmly e slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Note The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS indicator light will illuminate
302. rn ON OFF Turn to increase decrease volume Ok Note If the volume is set above a VOL PUSH certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on 16 CD Press to enter CD mode If Ne a disc is already loaded into the system CD MP3 play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display 17 LOAD To load a disc into the system press LOAD Select a slot number using memory presets 1 6 When the display reads LOAD CD load the desired disc label side up If you do not choose a slot within five seconds the system will choose for you Once loaded the first track will begin to play To auto load up to 6 discs press and hold LOAD until the display reads AUTOLOAD Load the desired disc label side up The system will prompt you to load discs for the remaining available slots Insert the discs one at a time label side up when prompted Once loaded the last loaded disc will begin to play Note An MP3 formatted disc with folders will show F001 folder T001 track in the display An MP3 disc without folders will show T001 track in the display Refer to MP3 track and folder structure later in this chapter for further information 55 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 18 4 CD eject To eject a disc
303. road Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions WARNING Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must e Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers e Drive at safe speeds for the conditions e Keep tires properly inflated e Never overload or improperly load your vehicle and e Make sure every passenger is properly restrained WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt All occupants must wear seat belts and children infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection Study your owner s guide and any supplements for specific information about equipment features instructions for safe driving and additional precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury VEHICLE CHARACTERISTICS 4WD and AWD Systems if equipped A vehicle equipped with AWD or 4WD when selected has the ability to use all four wheels to power itself This increases traction which may enable you to safely drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot 180 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1
304. ront passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required 155 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light will either e flash or stay lit 9 e The readiness light will not N illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Seat mounted side airbag system Ao WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deploym
305. ry feature When the control is in the far left position it acts as a dome lamp defeat override Note If the battery is disconnected discharged or a new battery is installed the dimmer switch requires re calibration Rotate the dimmer switch from the full dim position to the full dome on position to reset This will ensure that your displays are visible under all lighting conditions AIMING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed before leaving the assembly plant If your vehicle is involved in an accident or if you have problems fixing the alignment of your headlamps have them checked by a qualified service technician Headlamp aim adjustment The headlamps on your vehicle can only be vertically adjusted Your vehicle does not require horizontal aim adjustments 73 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights To adjust the headlamps 1 Park your vehicle on a level surface about 25 feet 7 6 meters away from a vertical plain surface 3 Check your headlamp alignment at night or in a dark area so that you can see the headlamp beam pattern e 1 8 feet 2 4 m e 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 3 25 feet 7 6 m e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 The center of the headlamp has a 3 0 mm circle on the lens Measure the height from the center of your headlamp to the ground 2 and mark an 8 foot 2 4 m long horizontal line on the
306. s Seating and Safety Restraints If the child is the proper height age and weight as specified by your child safety seat or booster manufacturer fits the restraint and can be restrained properly then restrain the child in the child safety seat or with the belt positioning booster Remember that child seats and belt positioning boosters vary and may be designed to fit children of different heights ages and weights Children who are too large for child safety seats or belt positioning boosters as specified by your child safety seat manufacturer should always properly wear safety belts SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN Infant and or toddler seats Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the child When installing a child safety seat e Review and follow the information presented in the Azrbag supplemental restraint system SRS section in this chapter Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions included with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all child
307. s booster Ordering additional owner s SEA MOENIA MENS ERE APR 176 literature siseses 282 i Utilizing the Cleaning your vehicle Mediation Arbitration engine compartment 286 Prora retento 281 instrument panel 288 IDUOTIOE 15e rester 289 D eid Darts aessnsueeneteo Daynne sinning bmp WESTIE seiscponspitintiiserte irae see Lamps sss 72 WARIS srera re R 285 M wheels MN MANC NN 285 po e Wiper blades canary 2BT FGI ANN 323 Climate control see Air ENGINE gilasi nacieki 297 conditioning or Heating 67 Driveline universal joint and Clock adjust SIP YOKG inre unen 324 6 CD in dash sss 50 Driving under special AM FM CD ennaa 43 conditions eon et 238 244 248 Compass electronic Sande eta bd 246 Galibratlon sspe 25 snow and ice sisses 249 set zone adjustment 25 34 through water 247 250 Console ssec 85 86 Dual automatic temperature overhead thin 83 88 control DATE iisneseeeee 67 Controls power seat oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 126 E i liic 95 MM Electronic message center 20 28 Coolant checking and adding 304 Emergencies roadside refill capacities 308 326 jump starting oe 270 SPECHICALIONS cs 326 Emergency Flashers 252 Cruise control Emission control system 319 see Speed control GEHE UM 331 C
308. s do not trailer tow during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of a new vehicle To ensure proper break in of powertrain components during the first 500 miles 800 km of trailer towing drive no faster than 70 mph 113 km h with no full throttle starts Turn off the speed control The speed control may shut off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Consult your local motor vehicle speed regulations for towing a trailer To eliminate excessive shifting use a lower gear This will also assist in transmission cooling For additional information refer to Automatic transmission operation in the Driving chapter Under extreme conditions with large frontal trailers high outside temperatures and highway speeds the coolant gauge may indicate higher than normal coolant temperatures If this occurs reduce speed until the coolant temperature returns to the normal range Refer to Engine coolant temperature gauge in the Instrument Cluster chapter Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not exceed the GCWR rating or transmission damage may occur Servicing after towing If you tow a trailer for long distances your vehicle will require more frequent service intervals Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for more information Trailer towing tips Practice turning stopping and backing up before starting on a trip to get the feel of the vehicle trailer combination When turning make wider turns so the tra
309. s and height adjusters must be replaced if the vehicle is involved in a collision that results in deployment of front airbags seat mounted side airbags and Safety Canopy and safety belt pretensioners Refer to the Safety belt maintenance section in this chapter 139 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Front safety belt height adjustment Your vehicle has safety belt height adjustments at the front outboard seating positions Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height squeeze and hold the buttons on the side and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the buttons and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision Second row comfort guide The second row outboard lap shoulder belt is equipped with a belt comfort guide This guide is attached to the quarter trim panel and is used to adjust the comfort of the shoulder belt for smaller occupants in the outboard second row seats 140 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA
310. s on the vehicle seat placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions The importance of shoulder belts Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child s head hitting a hard surface in a collision For this reason you should never use a booster seat with a lap belt only It is generally best to use a booster seat with lap shoulder belts in the back seat Move a child to a different seating location if the shoulder belt does not stay positioned on the shoulder during use 178 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the booster seat WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision Child restraint and safety belt maintenance Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors b
311. sabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 274 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies WRECKER TOWING If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift or flatbed equipment Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure If the vehicle s battery is discharged refer to Automatic transmission operation in the Driving chapter for directions on how to move the gearshift lever out of the P Park position for proper towing On 4x2 vehicles it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground without dollies and the rear wheels off the ground On 4x4 AWD vehicles it is required that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly vehicle damage may occur 275 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Ford Motor Company produces a
312. sage of a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability 262 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies e Wet weather driving capability e All Wheel driving capability Gf applicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel additional caution should be given to e Towing a trailer e Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel and seek service as soon as possible Stopping and securing the vehicle 1 Park on a level surface activate the hazard flashers and set the parking brake 2 Place gearshift lever in P Park and turn engine off Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked Location of the spare tire and tools The spare tire and tools for your vehicle are stowed in the following locations Spare tire Under the vehicle just in front of the rear bumper Jack lug nut wrench jack handle In the cab behind the passenger jack handle extension wheel side rear seat The tools are chock located in a bag attached to the jack 2010 07 Explorer Sport Tra
313. seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or pets unattended in your vehicle Transporting children Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their age height and weight All children are shaped differently The child height age and weight thresholds provided are recommendations or the minimum requirements of law The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA provides education and training to ensure that all children ages 0 to 16 are properly restrained in the correct restraint system Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and your pediatrician to make sure your seat is appropriate for your child and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov Follow all the safety restraint and airbag precautions that apply to adult passengers in your vehicle 165 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fu
314. section if the control on the overhead lamp is not set to the off position and the perimeter alarm system if equipped will deactivate Switching from two step to one step door unlocking Your vehicle comes with two step unlocking enabled Unlocking can be switched between two step and one step door unlocking by pressing and holding both the e and cl buttons simultaneously on the remote entry transmitter for approximately four seconds The hazard lamps will flash twice to indicate that the vehicle has switched to one step unlocking Repeat the procedure to switch back to two step unlocking 113 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Locking the doors 1 Press and release to lock all the doors The lamps will flash Note If any door is not closed properly the lamps will not flash until all doors are closed 2 Press and release again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed and locked Note The doors will lock again and the horn will make two quick chirps and the lamps will not flash until all the doors are closed Note If any door is not closed properly the horn will make two quick chirps Car finder Press e twice within three seconds The horn will chirp and the turn lamps will flash It is recommended that this method be used to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a panic alarm Press to ac
315. sensing system The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Press front to raise or lower the front portion of the seat cushion 4 1 Press rear to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat cushion 4 Press the control to move the seat forward backward up or down 127 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Press the control to recline the u seatback forward or rearward Using the power lumbar support if equipped The power lumbar control is located on the outboard side of the seat Press one side of the control to adjust firmness Press the other side of the control to adjust softness Heated seats if equipped WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause ser
316. sible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait approximately 15 minutes for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low Look for coolant leakage in the engine compartment and under the vehicle WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 5 Restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible FUEL FILTER For fuel filter replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the fuel filter Replace the fuel filter with an authorized Motorcraft part The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel system if an authorized Motorcraft fuel filter is not used WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT AUTOMOTIVE FUELS fg Important safety precautions WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others 310 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac
317. sion POWER WINDOWS WARNING Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Press and pull the window switches to open and close windows e Press down to the first detent 2 and hold the switch to open AUTO e Pull up to the first detent and hold the switch to close Rear Window Buffeting When one or both of the rear windows are open the vehicle may demonstrate a wind throb or buffeting noise This noise can be alleviated by lowering a front window approximately two to three inches One touch up or down Driver s window only if equipped This feature allows the driver s window to open or close fully without holding the control down 86 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls To operate one touch down e Press the switch completely down to the second detent and release quickly The window will open fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation If the switch is pressed and held to the normal close or one touch up position during a one touch down event the window will stop If after 1 2 second the switch is still held the
318. sp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems AUDIO SYSTEMS Quick start How to get going WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The drivers primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Listening to the radio 1 If the audio system is off press VOL PUSH VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press AM FM repeatedly to Pp choose between AM FMI FM2 frequency bands 3 Press A IV to manually go up down the frequency band sq Press A SEEK to search down up the chosen frequency band em ee for the next strongest station To disengage SEEK mode press A IV Edu eia E Gh maa desired station press and hold a memory preset 1 6 to save the station PRESET SAVED will appear on the display and the sound will return signifying the station has been saved You can save up to six stations in each frequency band six in AM six in FM1 and six in FM2 To access your saved stations press the corresponding memory preset The memory preset and the station frequency will appear on the display 37 2010
319. ss and hold the SELECT RESET stem within four seconds to turn the AWD system to the auto locked mode 2 Press the SELECT RESET stem for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu Note When the AWD system is in the LOCKED mode the 4X4 indicator will be illuminated UNITS Displays the current units in English or Metric 1 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to change from English to Metric 2 Press the SELECT RESET stem for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu 22 cC 00 10 Ot Fw WY 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster ENGLISH SPANISH FRENCH JAPANESE Allows you to choose which language the message center will display in Selectable languages are English Spanish French or Japanese 1 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to select a new language 2 Press the SELECT RESET stem for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu AUTOLAMP This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off 1 Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to select the new autolamp delay time in seconds values of 0 10 20 30 60 90 120 or 180 2 Press the SELECT RESET stem for the next setup menu item or wait for more than four seconds to return to the info menu AUTOLOCK This feature
320. ss the center of the chest Moving the child closer a few centimeters or inches to the center of the vehicle but remaining in the same seating position may help provide a good shoulder belt fit When children should use booster seats Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the toddler seat until they are big enough for the vehicle seat and lap shoulder belt to fit properly Generally this is when they reach a height of at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall around age eight to age twelve and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg or upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 Ib 36 kg Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against the vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip 176 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Types of booster seats There are generally two types of belt p
321. st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Power is supplied to all four wheels through a transfer case or power transfer unit 4WD vehicles allow you to select different drive modes as necessary Information on transfer case operation and shifting procedures can be found in the Driving chapter Information on transfer case maintenance can be found in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter You should become thoroughly familiar with this information before you operate your vehicle On some 4WD models the initial shift from two wheel drive to 4WD while the vehicle is moving can cause a momentary clunk and ratcheting sound These sounds are normal as the front drivetrain comes up to speed and is not cause for concern WARNING Do not become overconfident in the ability of 4WD and AWD vehicles Although a 4WD or AWD vehicle may accelerate better than two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it won t stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed How your vehicle differs from other vehicles SUV and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways Your vehicle may be e Higher to allow higher load carrying capacity and to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components e Shorter to give it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging underbody compo
322. stem warning light for additional information Note Some warning lights will display in the message center as words and function the same as the warning light Note Depending on which options your vehicle has some indicators may not be present in your vehicle 12 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Service engine soon The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the on position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See the Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates the On Board Diagnostics System OBD IT has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OBD II in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible If the light remains on while driving th
323. straint Devices and their location O 3 Make vehicle line series body type 4 Engine type 5 Check digit 6 Model year 7 Assembly plant 8 Production sequence number TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATIONS You can find a transmission code on the Safety Compliance Certification MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO win DATE GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG Label The following table tells you FRONT GAWR XXXXL REARGANR OB which transmission each code XXXXKG WTH XXXXKG WITH represents XXX Qc eM AT XXX kPa XX PSLOOLI AT XXX APa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXXX EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO WBTBRK INTTR PPS TR AXLE SPR XXXXX XXX X X XX Xx xx XO00000000000X X XXXX XXXXXXX XX Five speed automatic 5R55S Six speed automatic 6R80 SS 333 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Accessories GENUINE FORD ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE A wide selection of Genuine Ford Accessories are available for your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford of Canada dealer These quality accessories have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and aerodynamic appearance of your vehicle In addition each accessory is made from high quality
324. strument panel register vents 4 Fan speed adjustment Controls the volume of air circulated in the vehicle Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather place the air flow selector in the 7 position e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the air flow selector in the off position e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the rear seats 65 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down when the vehicle interior is significantly warmer than the outside temperature drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out e f you are driving during extreme high ambient temperatures and idling for extended periods of time in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A C position adjust the blower fan speed to the lowest setting turn off the rear A C unit and put the vehicle s transmission into the P Park to continue to receive cool air from your A C system For maximum cooling performance in panel 74 mode e Select MAX A C mode MAX A C uses recirculated air with A C to provide a cooler airflow e Move the temperature control to the coolest setting e Set the fan to the high
325. suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure Using any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford may increase the risk of loss of vehicle control or vehicle rollover which could result in personal injury or death The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates using snow tires or traction devices may be necessary Ford offers tire cables as a Ford approved accessory and recommends use of these or SAE class S tire cables See your authorized dealer for more information on tire cables for your vehicle Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and traction devices e Use only SAE Class S cables e Cables should only be used on the rear wheels e Do not use tire cables or optional traction devices on 17 18 or 20 inch wheels and tires Install cables securely verifying that the cables do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines Drive cautiously If you hear the cables rub or bang against the vehicle stop and retighten them If this does not work remove the cables to prevent vehicle damage e Avoid overloading your vehicle e Remove the cables when they are no longer needed e Do not use cables on dry roads e Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h with tire cables on your vehicle Consult your authorized dealer for information on other Ford Motor Company approved methods of traction control VEHICLE LOADING WITH AND WITHOUT A TRAILER This se
326. t Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate U S only ZC 32 A Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Tire Clean and Shine ZC 28 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A 291 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS e Use the scheduled maintenance information to track routine service e Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications e Your authorized dealer can provide parts and service PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICLE e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the engine off 1 Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove
327. t is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P type tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example 1 P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that may be used for service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 2 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire
328. t positioning booster booster seat is used to improve the fit of the vehicle safety belt Children outgrow a typical child seat e g convertible or toddler seat when they weigh about 40 Ib 18 kg and are around four 4 years of age Consult your child safety seat owner guide for the weight height and age limits specific to your child safety seat Keep your child in the child safety seat if it properly fits the child remains appropriate for their weight height and age AND if properly secured to the vehicle 175 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Although the lap shoulder belt will provide some protection children who have outgrown a typical child seat are still too small for lap shoulder belts to fit properly and wearing an improperly fitted vehicle safety belt could increase the risk of serious injury in a crash To improve the fit of both the lap and shoulder belt on children who have outgrown child safety seats Ford Motor Company recommends use of a belt positioning booster Booster seats position a child so that vehicle lap shoulder safety belts fit better They lift the child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees bend comfortably at the edge of the cushion while minimizing slouching Booster seats may also make the shoulder belt fit better and more comfortably Try to keep the belt near the middle of the shoulder and acro
329. t prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission is in P Park WARNING To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure the parking brake is set then block the wheel that is diagonally opposite other end of the vehicle to the tire being changed WARNING If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured 265 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 1 Block the wheel that is diagonally opposite of the flat tire using the wheel chock provided with your oc vehicle ore 2 Use the tip of the lug wrench to remove the beauty cap by twisting the tip under the cap 3 Loosen each wheel lug nut by half a turn but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 4 Assemble the jack handle on the lug nut wrench by sliding the square end of the jack handle through the plastic grommet on the lug nut wrench and into the square hole on the other side p a a 266 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside E
330. tained WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield e Do not mix coolants Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Note Do not use stop leak pellets or cooling system sealants additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling and or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty e A large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in case of emergency to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained and refilled with a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coola
331. tant to press the SELECT RESET stem press and hold for two seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings SETUP MENU HOLD RESET When this appears press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to reach the setup menu Briefly press the SELECT RESET stem to scroll through the setup menu items If the SELECT RESET stem is not pressed within four seconds the message center returns to the info menu 21 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster The following setup features are available SYSTEM CHECK HOLD RESET Press and hold the SELECT RESET stem to select system check when this is displayed in the message center The message center will cycle through each of the systems being monitored For each of the monitored systems the message center will indicate either an OK message or a warning message for two seconds Pressing the SELECT RESET stem cycles the message center through each of the systems being monitored The sequence of the system check report and how it appears in the message center is as follows 1 OIL LIFE CHARGING SYSTEM WASHER FLUID DOOR AJAR EXTERIOR LAMP BRAKE FLUID LEVEL PARK BRAKE MILES TO EMPTY FUEL LEVEL LOW will only display if 50 miles 80 km or less to empty AWD AUTO LOCKED 4 6L engine vehicles only This displays the AWD locked function 1 Pre
332. tes with the parking brake B RAKE released have your brake system serviced immediately Parking brake Apply the parking brake whenever the vehicle is parked To set the parking brake press the parking brake pedal down until the pedal stops 223 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving The BRAKE warning lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates and remains illuminated when the ignition is turned on until the BRAKE parking brake is released WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the gearshift is securely latched in P Park WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer The parking brake is not recommended to stop a moving vehicle However if the normal brakes fail the parking brake can be used to stop your vehicle in an emergency Since the parking brake applies only the rear brakes the vehicle s stopping distance will increase greatly and the handling of your vehicle will be adversely affected Pull the release lever to release the brake Driving with the parking brake on will cause the brakes to wear out quickly and reduce fuel economy em mmm lu VA 224 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving ADVANCETRAC WITH ROLL STABILITY CONTROL
333. the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire replacement requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability 188 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING Only use replacement tires and wheels th
334. the key 3 Block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly Working with the engine on 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 292 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications OPENING THE HOOD dep 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the Y bottom left corner of the instrument panel 2 Go to the front of the vehicle and release the auxiliary latch that is gt o located under the front center of the hood 4 Io P 3 Lift the hood 293 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING COMPONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 4 0L V6 engine T S D ow a ES el AW NES e 10 Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick out of view Brake fluid reservoir Power distribution box 1 2 3 4 5 Battery 6 Power steering fluid reservoir 7 Radiator cap 8 Engine coolant reservoir 9 Air filter assembly 10 Washer fluid reservoir 294 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus
335. the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover ZC 14 In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner CXC 101 e f a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision 289 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED Your leather seating surfaces have a clear protective coating over the leather e For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner CXC 93 Dry the area with a soft cloth e If the leather cannot be completely cleaned using a mild soap and water solution the leather may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive leather e Do not use household
336. the moon roof The moon roof has a built in sliding shade that can be manually opened or closed when the glass panel is shut To close the shade pull it toward the front of the vehicle Accessory delay With accessory delay the window switches audio system and moon roof may be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the off position or until either front door is opened 98 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls TAILGATE LOCK The tailgate lock is designed to help prevent theft of the tailgate e Insert ignition key and turn to the right to lock e Turn ignition key to the left to unlock Tailgate removal WARNING Vehicles equipped with a cap keep passengers and pets out of the pickup box area when vehicle is running to prevent exhaust fumes from being drawn into the vehicle Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide which can injure your lungs and cause drowsiness and even death WARNING Always properly secure cargo to prevent shifting cargo or cargo falling from vehicle which could result in compromised vehicle stability and serious personal injury to vehicle occupants or others Your tailgate is removable to allow more room for loading 1 Lower the tailgate 2 Use a screwdriver to pry the spring clip on each connector past the head of the support screw Disconnect cable 3 Disconnect the other cable
337. the seat all the way back WARNING Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints 133 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The front passenger sensing system can automatically turn off the front passenger airbag and passenger seat mounted side airbag The system is designed to help protect small child size occupants from frontal airbag deployments when they are seated or restrained in the front passenger seat contrary to proper child seating or restraint usage recommendations Even with this technology parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly restrain children in a rear seating position The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and passenger seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty Front safety belt usage sensors The front safety belt usage sensors detect whether or not the driver and front outboard passenger safety belts are fastened This information allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the airbag deployment and safety belt pretensioner activation depending upon safety belt usage Front safety belt pretensioners The safety belt pretensioners at the front outboard seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body during frontal collisions and in side collisions and rollovers This helps in
338. the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after the trailer is removed from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval e do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper e do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 cm above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components e causing internal damage to the components e affecting driveability emissions and reliability Replace the rear axle lubricant any time the axle has been submerged in water Rear axle lubricant quantities are not to be checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or repair required 215 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading CAMPER BODIES Your Explorer Sport Trac is not recommended for slide in camper bodies RECREATIONAL TOWING Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational RV towing An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome These guidelines are designed to ensure that your transmission is not damaged Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle Refer to the Climate controls chapter for more information 2WD vehicles Do not tow your vehicle with any wheels on the ground as
339. this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED P O Box 07150 Detroit Michigan 48207 Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Guide French Owner s Guides can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by writing to Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Service Publications CHQ202 The Canadian Road P O Box 2000 Oakville ON Canada L6J 5E4 282 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to Attp www safercar gov or
340. thorized dealer as soon as possible Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury continues to flash a malfunction has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or ABS Airbag readiness If this light fails e e to illuminate when the ignition is 9 turned to on continues to flash or IN remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A chime will sound if there is a malfunction in the indicator light Safety belt Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A Belt Minder PA chime will also sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt Refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter to activate deactivate the Belt Minder chime feature 14 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Charging system Illuminates when the battery is not charging properly If it stays on while the engine is running there may be a malfunction with the charging system Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible This indicates a problem with the electrical system or a related component eRe SR e Standard instrument cluster e Optional instrument cluster Engine oil pressure Illuminates when the oi
341. tion of this chapter for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment 249 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will roll over as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder racks or pickup box cover Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your rep
342. tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 8 U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four 193 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 9 M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 10 Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others 11 Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Refer to the Saf
343. tivate the alarm The horn will sound and the parklamps will flash for a maximum of three minutes Press again or turn the ignition to the on position to deactivate or wait for the alarm to timeout in three minutes Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is in the off position Replacing the battery The remote entry transmitter uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent To replace the battery 1 Twist a thin coin between the two halves of the remote entry transmitter near the key ring DO NOT TAKE THE RUBBER COVER AND CIRCUIT BOARD OFF THE FRONT HOUSING OF THE REMOTE ENTRY TRANSMITTER 114 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 2 Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals on the back Z D surface of the circuit board 3 Remove the old battery HONOL 10 Note Please refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries ATVH H3HLO NI AH31LIVS FOV Id STVNIWYSL 4 Insert the new battery Refer to the diagram inside the remote entry transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing cavity F 5 Snap the two halves back together Note Replacement of the battery will not cause the remote transmitter to become deprogrammed from your vehicle The remot
344. to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press OK when the desired category appears in the display After a category is selected press SEEK to search for that specific category of channels only i e ROCK You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available SIRIUS categories and channels Press OK to close and return to the main menu 49 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems e SAVE SONG Press OK to save the currently playing songs title in the system s memory If you try to save something other than a song CANT SAVE will appear in the display When the chosen song is playing on any satellite radio channel the system will alert you with an audible prompt Press OK while SONG ALERT is in the display and the system will take you to the channel playing the desired song You can save up to 20 song titles If you attempt to save more than 20 titles the display will read REPLACE SONG Press OK to access the saved titles and press A v to cycle through the saved titles When the song title appears in the display that you would like to replace press OK SONG REPLACED will appear in the display e DELETE SONG Press OK to delete a song from the system s memory Press A v to cycle through the saved songs When the song appears in the display that you would like to delete press OK The song will appear in the display fo
345. to five circles to complete calibration 4 The compass is now calibrated HOLD RESET IF NEW OIL To reset the oil monitoring system to 10096 after each oil change approximately 7 500 miles 12 000 km or six months perform the following 1 Press RESET button to display HOLD RESET IF NEW OIL 2 Press and hold the RESET button for more than two seconds Oil life is set to 10096 and OIL CHANGE SET TO 10096 is displayed Note To change oil life 10096 miles value from 7 500 miles 12 000 km or six months to another value proceed to Step 3 3 Once OIL LIFE SET TO XXX is displayed release and press the RESET button to change the Oil Life Start Value Each release and press will reduce the value by 1096 Note Oil Life Start Value of 10096 equals 7 500 miles 12 000 km or six months For example setting Oil Life Start Value to 6096 sets the Oil Life Start Value to 3 000 miles 4 800 km and 120 days System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the message center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for four seconds The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no more warning messages Types of messages and warnings e Some messages will appear briefly to inform you of something you may need to take action on or be informed of 34 2010 07 Explor
346. to the Family Entertainment DVD system later in this chapter 4 AUX Press repeatedly to cycle through FES DVD if equipped oA LINE IN auxiliary audio mode SYNC if equipped and SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 modes satelite radio if equipped For location and further information on auxiliary audio mode refer to Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability If your vehicle is equipped with a Family Entertainment System FES please refer to the Family Entertainment DVD system later in this chapter If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC please refer to the SYNC supplement for further information 5 SEEK In radio mode press d to access the Gseex previous next strong station In CD mode press Ej to access the previous next CD track 45 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 6 gt I1 Play Pause This control is operational in CD and E DVD mode if equipped When a CD or DVD is playing in the FES system press this control to play or pause the current CD or DVD The CD DVD status will display in the radio display OK Your vehicle may be equipped with special phone and media features which will require you to confirm commands by pressing OK For further information refer to the SYNC supplement If yo
347. toddler seat Usea belt positioning booster seat Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest and seatback upright e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the U S and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 ft 9 in 1 45 meters tall or 80 Ib 36 kg Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 163 Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Use any attachment method as indicated below by X LATCH Restraint Child lower Type Weight anchors and top tether anchor Rear facing child seat Forward facing child seat Forward Over 48 Ib facing child 21 kg seat WARNING Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag If
348. towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle Emergency towing In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle your vehicle regardless of transmission powertrain configuration can be flat towed all wheels on the ground under the following conditions e Vehicle is facing forward so that it is being towed in a forward direction e Place the transmission in N Neutral Refer to Brake shift interlock in the Driving chapter for specific instructions if you cannot move the gear shift lever into N Neutral e Maximum speed is not to exceed 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 km 276 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized Ford Lincoln or Mercury dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and or equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty r
349. trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 which is available from your authorized dealer e Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash e Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible e If your vehicle is equipped with running boards do not use rubber plastic and vinyl protectant products on the running board surface as the area may become slippery Exterior chrome e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from your authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface 284 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning e After polishing chrome bumpers apply a coating of Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product to help protect from environmental effects WAXING e Wash the vehicle first e Do not use waxes that contain abrasives use Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A wh
350. uckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seatback if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a collision Refer to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts refer to Interior in the Cleaning chapter WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary replace the safety belt assembly or child restraint system under the above conditions could result in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 179 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading NOTICE TO UTILITY VEHICLE AND TRUCK OWNERS Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets highways and off
351. ult in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Do not put washer fluid in the engine coolant reservoir Washer fluid placed in the cooling system may harm engine and cooling system components 296 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 Pull the wiper arm away from the vehicle Turn the blade at an angle from the wiper arm Push the lock pin manually to release the blade and pull the wiper blade down 9 toward the windshield to remove it from the arm 2 Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm and press it into place until a click is heard Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved v Y by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield Refer to Windows and wiper blades in the Cleaning chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element ENGINE OIL 927 Checking the engine oil Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for checking the engine oil 1 Make sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3
352. ur vehicle is equipped with a Family Entertainment System FES p refer to the Family Entertainment DVD system later in this chapter 7 SHUFFLE Press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display Note In track mode all tracks on the current disc will shuffle in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current folder 8 FOLDER gt In folder mode press FOLDER p to access next folder on MP3 discs if available 9 lt q FOLDER In folder mode press lt FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 10 FF Fast forward Press FF to manually advance in a CD MP3 track 11 REW Rewind Press REW to manually reverse in a CD MP3 track 12 Memory presets To set a station select the desired frequency band AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station Press and hold a preset button until sound returns and 46 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 18 stations six in AM six in FM1 and FM2 In satellite radio mode if equipped there are 18 availa
353. ur wheel drive operation if equipped is less fuel efficient than two wheel drive operation e Close windows for high speed driving 318 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications EPA fuel economy estimates Every new vehicle should have a sticker on the window called the Monroney Label which contains EPA fuel economy estimates Contact your authorized dealer if the Monroney Label is not supplied with your vehicle The EPA fuel economy estimates should be your guide for the fuel economy comparisons with other vehicles Your fuel economy may vary depending upon the method of operation and conditions EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM tC Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If other than Ford Motorcra
354. ure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer Or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18 000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not
355. ureN jeg PI0A S3lLIOVdVO ANY SNOILVOIJIO3dS LONGOYd 39NVN3INIVIN 6 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 2 epeueo TIO 1030 oneujuAg 0 MG AVS 3J 121030 A e epeueg TO JOJO umrmurodq Jadng 0 MG AVS 3Je121030 A e SM TO 10401 oneuu g MA OEMG AVS 3J 121030 A e SN TIO 1090W pue g oneuqu sg und 06 MGS AVS 3J 121030 A e sped 970 SUTOOD 3Je194030 N pus e Hed puo eee e Ayroedey w p10 129qumN Hed ps0 y oureN j3J3eq PLOY JIEN uoneogrioer IdV V 6Z60ZNN SSM Cepeue ZISHT OGEMS OXD e epeue ZIdST OSMS OX0 e SM SAO 08 MS OX SM dS 0EMS OXe CL eurguo TO P sj1enb og qo eutSu q s d reop dogs Uulojs s Sut 007 327 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp USA fus Maintenance and Specifications AT eNOOSWIN NIO 0TLX A eNOOSSIN WO S LX JIEN Uneoro IdV U V 0E6GICNW SSM Cepeue GISA T 06MG OXOe epeuer zIdS T 06A9 OXOe SM SAO OZME OXe SM dSO 0ZMS OXe uornvogri odg pIo 19qumw JLB PLOT ILV AT eNODOWVMVIN T J24030 A gl LV A eNOOWSIN T 124030 A 6 epeueD TIO 1010 oneuquAgS YZ MG AVS 3Je191030 X e epeuen IO 1030 A UrnruroJq Jadng 0c MG AVS 3Je191030 N e sm TO 40310 X 2reuju amp g TM 06 8 AVS 3Je191030 A e SM TIO 1040W pue g oneuju amp g umud 0c MG AVS 3je191030 N
356. urity Power door lock unlock inhibit feature if equipped If the key is not in the ignition all doors are closed and the vehicle has been locked using the remote entry transmitter keypad if equipped or the power door unlock control on the door panel while a front door is open then subsequently closed the power door unlock control on the door panel will become disabled 20 seconds after the lock event occurred Your vehicle comes with this feature enabled but there are two methods to disable it e Through your authorized dealer or e Performing the following power door lock control procedure Before following the activation or deactivation procedures make sure that the anti theft system is not armed ignition is in the off position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated you must wait 30 seconds Note All doors must be closed and remain closed throughout the configuration process 1 Place the key in the ignition and turn the ignition to the on position 2 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 3 Turn the ignition from the on position to the off position 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the on position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 Press the power d
357. urs Unnecessary shifting of this type could result in reduced fuel economy e Warming up a vehicle on cold mornings is not required and may reduce fuel economy e Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving may reduce fuel economy e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Maintenance e Keep tires properly inflated and use only recommended size e Operating a vehicle with the wheels out of alignment will reduce fuel economy e Use recommended engine oil Refer to Maintenance product specifications amd capacities in this chapter e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance items Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and owner maintenance checks found in scheduled maintenance information Conditions e Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed e Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy approximately 1 mpg 0 4 knvL is lost for every 400 Ib 180 kg of weight carried e Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski luggage racks may reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 km of driving e Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain e Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal e Fo
358. us Seating and Safety Restraints The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag off or C PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel above the radio Note The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is turned to the on position to confirm it is functional When the front passenger seat is not occupied empty seat or in the event that the front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflate the indicator lamp will be unlit The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the indicator lamp will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled e If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime t
359. ustomer Assistance 251 ClEANING 3 sert eis 286 Ford Extended Service COOLANT ecaro nerra 304 PIAT uiae eor 336 fail safe cooling 309 Getting assistance outside the idle speed control 302 U S and Canada 281 lubrication specifications 326 Getting roadside assistance 251 refill capacities 326 Getting the service you service points 294 295 NEGO cre Her leen 277 starting after a collision 253 340 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Engine block heater 221 Engine Oll iiia eoe 297 checking and adding 297 CUP SUCK Letra eee editos 297 filter specifications 300 325 recommendations 300 refill capacities 326 specifications 326 Event data recording 7 Exhaust fumes 220 F Fail safe cooling 309 Fluid capacities 326 Fog lamps usnosen ines ees 72 Four Wheel Drive vehicles 240 driving off road 242 indicator light 240 preparing to drive your vehicle 2 eiue eda 231 uu 310 calculating fuel ECONOMY PEE 25 31 316 CAD Mop 313 Capacity e P 326 choosing the right fuel 314
360. ustralia www ford com au e In Mexico www ford com mx Additional owner information is given in separate publications This Owner s Guide describes every option and model variant available and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your particular vehicle Furthermore due to printing cycles it may describe options before they are generally available Remember to pass on this Owner s Guide when reselling the vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle WARNING Fuel pump shut off switch In the event of an accident the safety switch will automatically cut off the fuel supply to the engine The switch can also be activated through sudden vibration e g collision when parking To reset the switch refer to the Fuel pump shut off switch in the Roadside Emergencies chapter SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION A Warning symbols in this guide How can you reduce the risk of personal injury to yourself or others In this guide answers to such questions are contained in comments highlighted by the warning triangle symbol These comments should be read and observed 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction Warning symbols on your vehicle When you see this symbol it is imperative that you consult the relevant section of this guide before Li touching or attempting adjustment of any kind Protecting the environment We must all play our part in protecti
361. v to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Refer to Category Mode under Menu for further information Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 2 Phone If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC press to Ier access SYNC PHONE features Refer to the SYNC supplement for further information If your vehicle is not equipped with SYNC the display will read NO PHONE 3 MENU Press repeatedly to access the following settings SATELLITE RADIO MENU if equipped Press MENU when satellite radio mode is active to access Press OK to enter into the satellite radio menu Press amp v to cycle through the following options e CATEGORY Press OK to enter category mode Press A v to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press OK when the desired category appears in the display After a category is selected press SEEK to search for that specific category of channels only i e ROCK You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available SIRIUS categories and channels Press OK to close and return to the main menu e SAVE SONG Press OK to save the currently playing song title in the system s memory If you try to save something other than a song CANT SAVE will appear in the display When the chosen song is playing on any satellite radio channel the system
362. ving N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive with Overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through five D Drive without Overdrive Overdrive can be deactivated by pressing the transmission control switch on the side of the gearshift lever e This position allows for all forward gears 1 4 except overdrive e Provides engine braking e Use when driving conditions cause excessive shifting from O D to other gears Examples heavy city traffic where continuous shifting in and out of overdrive occurs hilly terrain heavy loads trailer towing and when engine braking is required e O D OFF lamp is illuminated 0 D e To return to O D overdrive OFF mode press the transmission control switch The O D OFF lamp will not be illuminated e O D Overdrive is automatically returned each time the key is turned off 3 Third Transmission operates in third gear only Used for improved traction on slippery roads Selecting 3 Third provides engine braking 2 Second Use 2 Second to start up on slippery roads or to provide additional engine braking on downgrades 234 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving 1 First e Provides maximum engine braking e Allows upshifts by moving gearshi
363. w the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehicle is in motion USB port if equipped WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The drivers primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Your vehicle may be equipped with a USB port inside your center console This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory Ec ay sticks and also to charge devices if c they support this feature For further information on this feature SE refer to Accessing and using your USB port in the SYNC supplement or Navigation System supplement GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION Radio frequencies AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 7 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors There are three factors that can affect radio reception e Distance strength The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception e Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings power lines electric fences traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfer
364. webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat 170 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat See Attaching child safety seats with tether straps and Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children in this chapter for more information Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seatback Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments j Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown Plastic LATCH guides can be obtained from an authorized dealer They snap onto the LATCH lower anchors in the
365. will alert you with an audible prompt Press OK while SONG ALERT is in the display and the system will take you to the channel playing the desired song You can save up to 20 song titles If you attempt to save more than 20 titles the display will read REPLACE SONG Press OK to access the saved titles and press A v to cycle through the saved titles When the song appears in the display that you would like to replace press OK SONG REPLACED will appear in the display 42 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems e DELETE SONG Press OK to delete a song from the system s memory Press A v to cycle through the saved songs When the song appears in the display that you would like to delete press OK The song will appear in the display for confirmation Press OK again and the display will read SONG DELETED If you do not want to delete the currently listed song press A v to select either RETURN or CANCEL ire t there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO e DELETE ALL SONGS Press OK to delete all songs from the system s memory The display will read ARE YOU SURE Press OK to confirm deletion of all saved songs and the display will read ALL DELETED Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS e ENABLE ALERTS DISABLE ALERTS Press OK to enable disable the satellite alert status which alerts you when your selected songs a
366. with the factory set 5 digit entry code this code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box is marked on the computer module and is available from your authorized dealer You can also create your own 5 digit personal entry code In the event the wallet card is lost the factory set code cannot be reprogrammed When pressing the controls on the keypad press the middle of the controls to ensure a good activation 363 3 3 3 Programming a personal entry code Up to three personal entry codes may be programmed to the vehicle To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code Each number must be entered within five seconds of each other 4 Press 1 e 2 3 e 4 or 5 e 6 to indicate which of the three personal entry code positions you wish to use 5 The doors will again lock then unlock to confirm that your personal key code has been programmed to the module Tips e Do not set a code that uses five of the same number e Do not use five numbers in sequential order e The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code e f you program a code to a position that already contains a set code the previously set code will be erased 117 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Erasing person
367. your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury Changing tires with TPMS Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor fastened to the inside rim of the wheel The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed The pressure sensor is located opposite 180 degrees from the valve stem Care must be taken when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 198 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Understanding your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The Tire Pressure Monitoring System measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp will turn ON if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns ON and a short time later turns OFF your tire pressure still needs to be checked Visit www checkmytires org for additional informatio
368. ype tires these differences are described below T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size CRAT TH 3416180016 1054 Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 1 T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for temporary service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks 2 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire Oy Ts L AM ws Qvo sgn nave 3 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall 4 D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire 5 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the tire label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Refer to the payload description and graphic in the Vehicle loading with and without a trailer section 196 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SY
369. ystem later in this chapter 7 SHUFFLE Press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display 53 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Note In track mode all tracks on the current disc will shuffle in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current folder 8 FOLDER In folder mode press FOLDER b to access next folder on MP3 discs if available 9 lt q FOLDER In folder mode press lt q FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 10 FF Fast forward Press FF to manually advance in a CD 11 REW Rewind Press REW to manually reverse in a CD MP3 track 12 Memory presets To set a C e e A station select the desired frequency band AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station Press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 18 stations six in AM six in FM1 and FM2 In satellite radio mode if equipped there are 18 available presets six each for SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune t
370. ze 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 ft 3 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford Dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft 3 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle 189 2010 07 Explorer Sport Trac esp Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged Safety practices Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e

Ford 2009 F-250 Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents